Document:

EXHIBIT 10.4

 Exhibit 10.4 
  
 NCI INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. 
 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN 

 NCI INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN 
  
 WHEREAS, NCI Information Systems, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the
“Employer”) heretofore adopted the NCI Information Systems, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”) for the benefit of its eligible Employees, effective as of January 1, 1991; and 
  
 WHEREAS, the Employer reserved the right to amend the Plan; and 
  
 WHEREAS, the Employer wishes to amend the Plan in order to comply with changes
permitted or required by the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (“GATT”), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”), the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 (“SBJPA”), the Taxpayer
Relief Act of 1997 (“TRA’97”), the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 and to add or modify certain administrative provisions; and 
  
 WHEREAS, it is intended that the Plan is to continue to be a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code for the
exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries; 
  
 NOW,
THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended by restating the Plan in its entirety as follows: 

 Table of Contents 
  

					
	ARTICLE ONE-DEFINITIONS	  	4
	    1.1	  	Account	  	4
	    1.2	  	Administrator	  	4
	    1.3	  	Beneficiary	  	4
	    1.4	  	Break in Service	  	4
	    1.5	  	Code	  	4
	    1.6	  	Compensation	  	5
	    1.7	  	Disability	  	5
	    1.8	  	Effective Date	  	5
	    1.9	  	Employee	  	5
	    1.10	  	Employer	  	5
	    1.11	  	Employment Date	  	6
	    1.12	  	Highly-Compensated Employee	  	6
	    1.13	  	Hour of Service	  	6
	    1.14	  	Leased Employee	  	7
	    1.15	  	Nonhighly-Compensated Employee	  	8
	    1.16	  	Normal Retirement Date	  	8
	    1.17	  	Participant	  	8
	    1.18	  	Plan	  	8
	    1.19	  	Plan Year	  	8
	    1.20	  	Trust	  	8
	    1.21	  	Trustee	  	8
	    1.22	  	Valuation Date	  	8
	    1.23	  	Year of Service	  	8
		
	ARTICLE TWO-SERVICE DEFINITIONS AND RULES	  	9
	    2.1	  	Year of Service	  	9
	    2.2	  	Break in Service	  	9
	    2.3	  	Leave of Absence	  	9
	    2.4	  	Rule of Parity on Return to Employment	  	10
	    2.5	  	Service in Excluded Job Classifications or with Related Companies	  	10
		
	ARTICLE THREE-PLAN PARTICIPATION	  	11
	    3.1	  	Participation	  	11
	    3.2	  	Re-employment of Former Participant	  	11
	    3.3	  	Termination of Eligibility	  	11
	    3.4	  	Compliance with USERRA	  	12
		
	ARTICLE FOUR-ELECTIVE DEFERRALS, EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS, ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS FROM OTHER PLANS	  	12
	    4.1	  	Elective Deferrals	  	12
	    4.2	  	Employer Contributions	  	12
	    4.3	  	Rollovers and Transfers of Funds from Other Plans	  	13
	    4.4	  	Timing of Contributions	  	14

  

 1 

					
	ARTICLE FIVE-ACCOUNTING RULES	  	14
	    5.1	  	Investment of Accounts and Accounting Rules	  	14
	    5.2	  	Participants Omitted in Error	  	15
		
	ARTICLE SIX-VESTING, RETIREMENT AND DISABILITY BENEFITS	  	15
	    6.1	  	Vesting	  	15
	    6.2	  	Forfeiture of Nonvested Balance	  	15
	    6.3	  	Distribution of Less than Entire Vested Account Balance	  	16
	    6.4	  	Normal Retirement	  	16
	    6.5	  	Disability	  	16
		
	ARTICLE SEVEN-MANNER AND TIME OF DISTRIBUTING BENEFITS	  	17
	    7.1	  	Manner of Payment	  	17
	    7.2	  	Time of Commencement of Benefit Payments	  	17
	    7.3	  	Furnishing Information	  	18
	    7.4	  	Minimum Distribution Rules for Installment Payments	  	18
	    7.5	  	Joint and Survivor Annuity	  	19
	    7.5	  	Amount of Death Benefit	  	20
	    7.7	  	Designation of Beneficiary	  	21
	    7.8	  	Distribution of Death Benefit	  	21
	    7.9	  	Qualified Pre-retirement Survivor Annuity	  	22
	    7.10	  	Eligible Rollover Distributions	  	22
		
	ARTICLE EIGHT-LOANS AND IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS	  	24
	    8.1	  	Loans	  	24
	    8.2	  	Hardship Distributions	  	25
	    8.3	  	Withdrawals After Age 591⁄2	  	26
	    8.4	  	Withdrawals of Rollover Contributions	  	26
		
	ARTICLE NINE-ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN	  	27
	    9.1	  	Plan Administration	  	27
	    9.2	  	Claims Procedure	  	28
	    9.3	  	Trust Agreement	  	29
		
	ARTICLE TEN-SPECIAL COMPLIANCE PROVISIONS	  	29
	    10.1	  	Distribution of Excess Deferral Amounts	  	29
	    10.2	  	Limitations on 401(k) Contributions	  	29
	    10.3	  	Nondiscrimination Test for Employer Matching Contributions	  	33
	    10.4	  	Limitation on the Multiple Use Alternative	  	36
		
	ARTICLE ELEVEN-LIMITATION ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS	  	37
	    11.1	  	Rules and Definitions	  	37
		
	ARTICLE TWELVE-AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION	  	43
	    12.1	  	Amendment	  	43
	    12.2	  	Termination of the Plan	  	43
	    12.3	  	Distribution Upon Sale or Disposition of Stock or Assets	  	44

  

 2 

					
	ARTICLE THIRTEEN-TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS	  	44
	    13.1	  	Applicability	  	44
	    13.2	  	Definitions	  	44
	    13.3	  	Allocation of Employer Contributions and Forfeitures for a Top-Heavy Plan Year	  	47
	    13.4	  	Vesting	  	48
		
	ARTICLE FOURTEEN-MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS	  	48
	    14.1	  	Plan Does Not Affect Employment	  	48
	    14.2	  	Successor to the Employer	  	49
	    14.3	  	Repayments to the Employer	  	49
	    14.4	  	Benefits Not Assignable	  	49
	    14.5	  	Merger of Plans	  	50
	    14.6	  	Investment Experience not a Forfeiture	  	50
	    14.7	  	Construction	  	50
	    14.8	  	Governing Documents	  	50
	    14.9	  	Governing Law	  	50
	    14.10	  	Headings	  	50
	    14.11	  	Counterparts	  	50
	    14.12	  	Location of Participant or Beneficiary Unknown	  	50

  

 3 

 ARTICLE ONE – DEFINITIONS 
  
 For purposes of the Plan, unless the context or an alternative definition specified within
another Article provides otherwise, the following words and phrases shall have the definitions provided: 
  

	1.1	“ACCOUNT” shall mean the individual bookkeeping accounts maintained for a Participant under the Plan which shall record (a) the Participant’s
allocations of Employer contributions and forfeitures, (b) amounts of Compensation deferred to the Plan pursuant to the Participant’s election, (c) any amounts transferred to this Plan under Section 4.3 from another qualified retirement plan,
and (d) the allocation of Trust investment experience. 

  

	1.2	“ADMINISTRATOR” shall mean the Plan Administrator appointed from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Article Nine hereof.

  

	1.3	“BENEFICIARY” shall mean any person, trust, organization, or estate entitled to receive payment under the terms of the Plan upon the death of a Participant.

  

	1.4	“BREAK IN SERVICE” shall have the meaning set forth in Article Two. 

  

	1.5	“CODE“ shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 

  

	1.6	“COMPENSATION” shall mean the compensation paid to a Participant by the Employer for the Plan Year, but exclusive of any bonuses, relocation payments,
any program of deferred compensation or additional benefits payable other than in cash and any compensation received prior to his becoming a Participant in the Plan. Compensation shall include any amounts deferred under a salary reduction agreement
in accordance with Section 4.1 or under a Code Section 125 plan maintained by the Employer. 

  
 In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the Plan, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the annual
Compensation of each Participant taken into account under the Plan shall not exceed the OBRA ‘93 annual compensation limit. The OBRA ‘93 annual compensation limit is $150,000, as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate
for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding twelve (12) months, over which Compensation is determined
(determination period) beginning in such calendar year. If a determination period consists of fewer than twelve (12) months, the OBRA ‘93 annual compensation limit shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
months in the determination period, and the denominator of which is twelve (12). 
  
 Any reference in the Plan to the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code shall mean the OBRA ‘93 annual compensation limit set forth in this provision. 
  

 4 

 If Compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in determining a
Participant’s benefits accruing in the current Plan Year, the Compensation for that prior determination period shall be subject to the OBRA ‘93 annual compensation limit in effect for that prior determination period. 
  
 For purposes of determining who is a Highly-Compensated Employee,
Compensation shall mean compensation as defined in Code Section 414(q)(4). 
  

	1.7	“DISABILITY” shall mean a “permanent and total” disability incurred by a Participant while in the employ of the Employer. For this
purpose, a permanent and total disability shall mean suffering from a physical or mental condition which, in the opinion of the Administrator and based upon appropriate medical advice and examination, can be expected to result in death or can be
expected to last for a continuous period of no less than twelve (12) months. The condition must have existed for a period of at least three (3) months and, in accordance with uniform and consistent rules, must be determined by the Administrator to
prevent the Participant from engaging in substantial gainful activity. Receipt of a Social Security disability award shall be deemed proof of disability. 

  

	1.8	“EFFECTIVE DATE” The Plan’s initial Effective Date was January 1, 1991. The Effective Date of this restated Plan, on and after which it
supersedes the terms of the existing Plan document, is September 1, 2000, except where the provisions of the Plan, or the requirements of applicable law, shall otherwise provide. The rights of any Participant who separated from the Employer’s
Service prior to the applicable date shall be established under the terms of the Plan and Trust as in effect at the time of the Participant’s separation from Service, unless the Participant subsequently returns to Service with the Employer.
Rights of spouses and Beneficiaries of such Participants shall also be governed by those documents. 

  

	1.9	“EMPLOYEE” shall mean a common law employee of the Employer. 

  

	1.10	“EMPLOYER” shall mean NCI Information Systems, Inc. and any subsidiary or affiliate which is a member of its “related group” (as defined in
Section 2.5) which has adopted the Plan (a “Participating Affiliate”), and shall include any successor(s) thereto which adopt this Plan. Any such subsidiary or affiliate of NCI Information Systems, Inc. may adopt the Plan with the approval
of its board of directors (or noncorporate counterpart) subject to the approval of NCI Information Systems, Inc. The provisions of this Plan shall apply equally to each Participating Affiliate and its Employees except as specifically set forth in
the Plan; provided, however, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the amount and timing of contributions under Article 4 to be made by any Employer which is a Participating Affiliate shall be made subject to the approval of NCI
Information Systems, Inc. For purposes hereof, each Participating Affiliate shall be deemed to have appointed NCI Information Systems, Inc. as its agent to act on its behalf in all matters relating to the administration, amendment, termination of
the Plan and the investment of the assets of the Plan. For purposes of the Code and ERISA, the Plan as maintained by NCI Information Systems, Inc. and the Participating Affiliates shall constitute a single plan rather than a separate plan of each
Participating Affiliate. All assets in the Trust shall be available to pay benefits to all Participants and their Beneficiaries. 

  

 5 

	1.11	“EMPLOYMENT DATE” shall mean the first date as of which an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service, provided that, in the case of a Break
in Service, the Employment Date shall be the first date thereafter as of which an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service. 

  

	1.12	“HIGHLY-COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE” shall mean, effective for years beginning after December 31, 1996, any Employee of the Employer who:

  

	 	(a)	was a five percent (5%) owner of the Employer (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) during the “determination year” or “look-back year”; or

  

	 	(b)	earned more than $80,000 (as increased by cost-of-living adjustments) of Compensation from the Employer during the “look-back year” and, if the Employer elects, was in the
top twenty percent (20%) of Employees by Compensation for such year. 

  
 An Employee who separated from Service prior to the “determination year” shall be treated as a Highly-Compensated Employee for the “determination year” if such Employee was a Highly-Compensated
Employee when such Employee separated from Service, or was a Highly-Compensated Employee at any time after attaining age fifty-five (55). 
  
 For purposes of this Section, the “determination year” shall be the Plan Year for which a determination is being made as to whether an Employee
is a Highly-Compensated Employee. The “look-back year” shall be the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the “determination year”. Notwithstanding the foregoing and effective solely for the 1997 Plan Year, the Employer,
pursuant to Notice 97-45, elected to utilize the calendar year calculation election. 
  
 In determining whether an Employee is a Highly-Compensated Employee for the Plan Year beginning in 1997, the amendments to Section 414(q) stated above shall be treated as having been in effect for the Plan Year
beginning in 1996. 
  

	1.13	“HOUR OF SERVICE” shall have the meaning set forth below: 

  

	 	(a)	An Hour of Service is each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer, during the applicable computation period.

  

	 	(b)	An Hour of Service is each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed
(irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,

  

 6 

	 	(i)	No more than five hundred and one (501) Hours of Service shall be credited under this paragraph (b) to any Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the
Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period); 

  

	 	(ii)	An hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during which no duties are performed shall not be credited to the
Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workmen’s compensation, or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and 

  

	 	(iii)	Hours of Service shall not be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.

  
 For purposes of this paragraph (b), a payment
shall be deemed to be made by or due from the Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund, or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums
and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer or other entity are for the benefit of particular Employees or are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate. 
  

	 	(c)	An Hour of Service is each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of Service shall not be
credited both under paragraph (a) or paragraph (b), as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). Thus, for example, an Employee who receives a back pay award following a determination that he was paid at an unlawful rate for Hours of Service
previously credited shall not be entitled to additional credit for the same Hours of Service. Crediting of Hours of Service for back pay awarded or agreed to with respect to periods described in paragraph (b) shall be subject to the limitations set
forth in that paragraph. 

  
 In crediting Hours of
Service for Employees who are paid on an hourly or salaried basis, the “weekly” method shall be utilized. Under this method, an Employee shall be credited with forty-five (45) Hours of Service for each weekly payroll period for which the
Employee would be required to be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service pursuant to the provisions enumerated above. 
  

	1.14	“LEASED EMPLOYEE” shall mean, effective January 1, 1997, any person who, pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person or
organization, has performed services for the Employer (determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one (1) year and where such services are performed under the primary direction
and control of the Employer. A person shall not be considered a Leased Employee if the total number of Leased Employees does not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the Nonhighly-Compensated Employees employed by the Employer, and if any such person is
covered by a money 

  

 7 

 purchase pension plan providing (a) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least ten percent
(10%) of compensation, as defined in Section 11.1(b) (2) of the Plan but including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the employee’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(g) or 403(b), (b)
immediate participation, and (c) full and immediate vesting. 
  

	1.15	“NONHIGHLY-COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE” shall mean an Employee of the Employer who is not a Highly-Compensated Employee. 

  

	1.16	“NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE” shall mean the Participant’s sixty-fifth (65th) birthday. 

  

	1.17	“PARTICIPANT” shall mean any Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Article Three and who is participating in the Plan.

  

	1.18	“PLAN” shall mean the NCI Information Systems, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, as set forth herein and as may be amended from time to time.

  

	1.19	“PLAN YEAR” shall mean the twelve (12)-consecutive month period beginning January 1 and ending December 31. 

  

	1.20	“TRUST“ shall mean the Trust Agreement entered into between the Employer and the Trustee forming part of this Plan, together with any amendments thereto.
“Trust Fund” shall mean any and all property held by the Trustee pursuant to the Trust Agreement, together with income therefrom. 

  

	1.21	“TRUSTEE” shall mean the Trustee or Trustees appointed by the Employer, and any successors thereto. 

  

	1.22	“VALUATION DATE” shall mean the date or dates established by the Administrator for the valuation of the assets of the Plan. In no event shall the
assets of the Plan be valued less frequently than once each Plan Year. 

  

	1.23	“YEAR OF SERVICE” or “SERVICE” and the special rules with respect to crediting Service are in Article Two of the Plan.

  

 8 

 ARTICLE TWO—SERVICE DEFINITIONS AND RULES 
  
 Service is the period of employment credited under the Plan. Definitions and special rules
related to Service are as follows: 
  

	2.1	YEAR OF SERVICE. An Employee shall be credited with a Year of Service for each Plan Year in which he is credited with at least one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service.
For such purposes, an Employee shall be credited with a Year of Service upon completion of the one thousandth (1,000th) hour in a Plan Year. 

  

	2.2	BREAK IN SERVICE. A Break in Service shall be a twelve (12)-month computation period (as used for measuring Years of Service) in which an Employee or Participant is
not credited with at least five hundred and one (501) Hours of Service. 

  

	2.3	LEAVE OF ABSENCE. A Participant on an unpaid leave of absence pursuant to the Employer’s normal personnel policies shall be credited with Hours of Service at his
regularly-scheduled weekly rate while on such leave, provided the Employer acknowledges in writing that the leave is with its approval. These Hours of Service shall be credited only for purposes of determining if a Break in Service has occurred and,
unless specified otherwise by the Employer in writing, shall not be credited for eligibility to participate in the Plan, vesting, or qualification to receive an allocation of Employer contributions and forfeitures. Hours of Service during a paid
leave of absence shall be credited as provided in Section 1.13. 

  
 For any individual who is absent from work for any period by reason of the individual’s pregnancy, birth of the individual’s child, placement of a child with the individual in connection with the
individual’s adoption of the child, or by reason of the individual’s caring for the child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or adoption, the Plan shall treat as Hours of Service, solely for determining if a Break in
Service has occurred, the following Hours of Service: 
  

	 	(a)	the Hours of Service which otherwise normally would have been credited to such individual but for such absence; or 

  

	 	(b)	in any case where the Administrator is unable to determine the Hours of Service, on the basis of an assumed eight (8) hours per day. 

  
 In no event shall more than five hundred and one (501) of such hours be
credited by reason of such period of absence. The Hours of Service shall be credited in the computation period (used for measuring Years of Service) which starts after the leave of absence begins. However, the Hours of Service shall instead be
credited in the computation period in which the absence begins if it is necessary to credit the Hours of Service in that computation period to avoid the occurrence of a Break in Service. 
  

 9 

	2.4	RULE OF PARITY ON RETURN TO EMPLOYMENT. An Employee who returns to employment after a Break in Service shall retain credit for his pre-Break Years of Service, subject
to the following rules: 

  

	 	(a)	If a Participant incurs five (5) or more consecutive Breaks in Service, any Years of Service performed thereafter shall not be used to increase the nonforfeitable interest in his
Account accrued prior to such five (5) or more consecutive Breaks in Service. 

  

	 	(b)	If when a Participant incurred a Break in Service, he was not vested in any portion of his Account derived from Employer contributions, his pre-Break Years of Service shall be
disregarded if his consecutive Breaks in Service equal or exceed five (5). 

  

	2.5	SERVICE IN EXCLUDED JOB CLASSIFICATIONS OR WITH RELATED COMPANIES 

  

	 	(a)	Service while a Member of an Ineligible Classification of Employees. An Employee who is a member of an ineligible classification of Employees shall not be eligible to
participate in the Plan while a member of such ineligible classification. However, if any such Employee is transferred to an eligible classification, such Employee shall be credited with any Years of Service completed while a member of such an
ineligible classification. For this purpose, an Employee shall be considered a member of an ineligible classification of Employees for any period during which he is employed in a job classification which is excluded from participating in the Plan
under Section 3.1 below. 

  

	 	(b)	Service with Related Group Members. Subject to Section 2.1, for each Plan Year in which the Employer is a member of a “related group”, as hereinafter
defined, all Service of an Employee or Leased Employee (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Employee” solely for purposes of this Section 2.5(b)) with any one or more members of such related group shall be treated as employment by the
Employer for purposes of determining the Employee’s Years of Service. The transfer of employment by any such Employee to another member of the related group shall not be deemed to constitute a retirement or other termination of employment by
the Employee for purposes of this Section, but the Employee shall be deemed to have continued in employment with the Employer for purposes of determining the Employee’s Years of Service. For purposes of this subsection (b), “related
group” shall mean the Employer and all corporations, trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which constitute a controlled group of corporations with the Employer, a group of trades or businesses under common control with the
Employer, or an affiliated service group which includes the Employer, within the meaning of Section 414(b), Section 414(c), or Section 414(m), respectively, of the Code or any other entity required to be aggregated under Code Section 414(o).

  

	 	(c)	Construction. This Section is included in the Plan to comply with the Code provisions regarding the crediting of Service, and not to extend any additional rights to
Employees in ineligible classifications other than as required by the Code and regulations thereunder. 

  

 10 

 ARTICLE THREE—PLAN PARTICIPATION 
  

	3.1	PARTICIPATION. All Employees participating in the Plan as of August 31, 2000 shall continue to participate, subject to the terms hereof. 

  
 Effective October 1, 2000, each other Employee shall become a Participant
under the Plan effective as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the Employee’s Employment Date. 
  
 In no event, however, shall any Employee (or other individual) participate under the Plan while he is: (i) included in a unit of Employees covered by a
collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Employee representatives under which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining, unless the terms of such bargaining agreement expressly provides for the inclusion in
the Plan; (ii) employed as an independent contractor on the payroll records of the Employer (regardless of any subsequent reclassification by the Employer, any governmental agency or court); (iii) employed as a Leased Employee; (iv) employed as a
nonresident alien who receives no earned income (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Section 861 (a)(3) of the Code); (v)
employed on a “temporary basis”, that is, hired for the duration of a particular project or projects for a finite period; (vi) covered under a contract specific qualified retirement plan; (vii) employed as a contract, “casual” or
on-call employee. 
  

	3.2	RE-EMPLOYMENT OF FORMER PARTICIPANT. A vested Participant (or a nonvested Participant whose prior Service cannot be disregarded) whose participation ceased because of
termination of employment with the Employer shall resume participating upon his reemployment; provided, however, that such an individual shall be entitled to commence elective deferrals as soon as administratively possible following his return to
participation in the Plan. 

  

	3.3	TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY. In the event a Participant is no longer a member of an eligible class of Employees and he becomes ineligible to participate, such Employee
shall resume participating upon his return to an eligible class of Employees; provided, however, that such an individual shall be entitled to commence elective deferrals as soon as administratively possible following his return to participation in
the Plan. 

  
 In the event an Employee who is not a
member of an eligible class of Employees becomes a member of an eligible class, such Employee shall participate upon becoming a member of an eligible class of Employees, if such Employee has otherwise satisfied the eligibility requirements of
Section 3.1 and would have otherwise previously become a Participant; provided, however, that such an individual shall be entitled to commence elective deferrals as soon as administratively possible following his becoming a Participant. 

 

 11 

	3.4	COMPLIANCE WITH USERRA. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, for reemployments on or after December 12, 1994, Participants shall receive service
credit and be eligible to make deferrals and receive Employer contributions with respect to periods of qualified military service (within the meaning of Section 414(u)(5) of the Code) in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

  
 ARTICLE FOUR—ELECTIVE DEFERRALS,
EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS, 
 ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS FROM OTHER PLANS 
  

	4.1	ELECTIVE DEFERRALS 

  

	 	(a)	Elections. A Participant may elect to defer a portion of his Compensation for a Plan Year. The amount of a Participant’s Compensation that is deferred in
accordance with the Participant’s election shall be withheld by the Employer from the Participant’s Compensation. The amount deferred on behalf of each Participant shall be contributed by the Employer to the Plan and allocated to the
Participant’s Account. 

  

	 	(b)	Changes in Election. A Participant may prospectively elect to change or revoke the amount (or percentage) of his elective deferrals during the Plan Year by filing a
written election with the Employer, or via such other method as permitted by applicable law. 

  

	 	(c)	Limitations on Deferrals. No Participant shall defer on a pre-tax basis an amount which exceeds $10,000 (or such amount as adjusted for cost-of-living increases under
Section 402(g) of the Code) for any calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year. 

  

	 	(d)	Administrative Rules. All elections made under this Section 4.1, including the amount and frequency of deferrals, shall be subject to the rules of the Administrator
which shall be consistently applied and which may be changed from time to time. 

  

	4.2	EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS 

  

	 	(a)	Basic Matching Contribution. For each payroll period, the Employer may contribute to the Plan, on behalf of each Participant, a basic matching contribution equal to a
percentage (as determined by the Employer’s board of directors) of the elective deferrals made by each Participant for such payroll period. The Employer’s board of directors may, however, elect to suspend or reduce the basic matching
contribution for any payroll period or for any Plan Year. 

  

	 	(b)	Additional Matching Contribution. At the end of each Plan Year, the Employer may contribute to the Plan, on behalf of each Participant eligible under Section 4.2(c),
an additional matching contribution equal to a percentage (as determined 

  

 12 

 by the Employer’s board of directors) of the elective deferrals made by each such Participant for
such Plan Year. Once again, the Employer’s board of directors may elect to suspend or reduce such matching contribution for any Plan Year. 
  

	 	(c)	Eligibility for Employer Matching Contributions. To be eligible for a share of any additional matching contribution made for a Plan Year, a Participant must be
employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year; provided, however, that if the Participant’s failure to be employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year is due to the Participant’s Disability, death or retirement on
or after his Normal Retirement Date during the Plan Year, such Participant shall nevertheless be entitled to share in any additional matching contribution made for such Plan Year. 

  

	 	(d)	Employer Profit-Sharing Contribution. An Employer profit-sharing contribution may be made at the discretion of the Employer’s board of directors for any Plan
Year, subject to limits for tax deductions under the Code and provided that the special allocation in Section 13.3 has been satisfied if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan (as defined in Section 13.2(c)). 

  

	 	(e)	Eligibility for Employer Profit-Sharing Contribution. To be eligible for an allocation of any Employer profit-sharing contribution for a Plan Year, a Participant must
be employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year; provided, however, that if the Participant’s failure to be employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year is due to the Disability, death or retirement on or after his
Normal Retirement Date during such Plan Year, such Participant shall nevertheless be entitled to share in the allocation of any Employer profit-sharing contribution for such Plan Year. 

  

	 	(f)	Allocation of Employer Profit-Sharing Contribution. Any profit-sharing contribution made under Section 4.2(d) shall be allocated among the Accounts of eligible
Participants in accordance with the ratio that each such eligible Participant’s Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all such eligible Participants for the Plan Year. 

  

	4.3	ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS OF FUNDS FROM OTHER PLANS. With the approval of the Administrator, there may be paid to the Trustee amounts which have been held under other
plans qualified under Code Section 401 either (a) maintained by the Employer which have been discontinued or terminated with respect to any Employee, or (b) maintained by another employer with respect to which any Employee has ceased to participate.
Any such transfer or rollover may also be made by means of an Individual Retirement Account qualified under Section 408 of the Code, where the Individual Retirement Account was used as a conduit from the former plan. Any amounts so transferred on
behalf of any Employee shall be nonforfeitable and shall be maintained under a separate Plan account, to be paid in addition to amounts otherwise payable under this Plan. The amount of any such account shall be equal to the fair market value of such
account as adjusted for income, expenses, gains, losses, and withdrawals attributable thereto. 

  

 13 

 Any Employee who is not a member of an “ineligible classification” (as enumerated in the last
paragraph of Section 3.1) shall be eligible to complete a rollover to the Plan prior to becoming a Participant. Such an Employee shall also be eligible to obtain a loan or withdrawal in accordance with the provisions of Article Eight prior to
becoming a Participant. 
  

	4.4	TIMING OF CONTRIBUTIONS. Employer contributions shall be made to the Plan no later than the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s federal income tax
return (including extensions) for its taxable year ending with or within the Plan Year. Elective deferrals under Section 4.1 shall be paid to the Plan as soon as administratively possible, but no later than the fifteenth (15th) business day of the month following the month in which such deferrals would have been payable to the Participant in cash, or
such later date as permitted or prescribed by the Department of Labor. 

  
 ARTICLE FIVE—ACCOUNTING RULES 
  

	5.1	INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS AND ACCOUNTING RULES 

  

	 	(a)	Investment Funds. The investment of Participants’ Accounts shall be made in a manner consistent with the provisions of the Trust. The Administrator, in its
discretion, may allow the Trust to provide for separate funds for the directed investment of each Participant’s Account. 

  

	 	(b)	Participant Direction of Investments. In the event Participants’ Accounts are subject to their investment direction, each Participant may direct how his Account
(or such portion thereof which is subject to his investment direction) is to be invested among the available investment funds in the percentage multiples established by the Administrator. In the event a Participant fails to make an investment
election, with respect to all or any portion of his Account subject to his investment direction, the Trustee shall invest all or such portion of his Account in the investment fund to be designated by the Administrator. A Participant may change his
investment election, with respect to future contributions and, if applicable, forfeitures, and/or amounts previously accumulated in the Participant’s Account in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator. Any such change in a
Participant’s investment election shall be effective at such time as may be prescribed by the Administrator. If the Plan’s recordkeeper or investments are changed, the Administrator may apply such administrative rules and procedures as are
necessary to provide for the transfer of records and/or assets, including without limitation, the suspension of Participant’s investment directions, withdrawals and distributions for such period of time as is necessary, and the transfer of
Participants’ Accounts to designated funds or an interest bearing account until such change has been completed. 

  

	 	(c)	Allocation of Investment Experience. As of each Valuation Date, the investment fund(s) of the Trust shall be valued at fair market value, and the income, loss,
appreciation and depreciation (realized and unrealized), and any paid expenses of the Trust attributable to such fund shall be apportioned among Participants’ Accounts within the fund based upon the value of each Account within the fund as of
the preceding Valuation Date. 

  

 14 

	 	(d)	Allocation of Contributions. Employer contributions shall be allocated to the Account of each eligible Participant as of the last day of the period for which the
contributions are made, or as soon as administratively possible thereafter. 

  

	 	(e)	Manner and Time of Debiting Distributions. For any Participant who is entitled to receive a distribution from his Account, such distribution shall be made in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7.1 and Section 7.2. The amount distributed shall be based upon the fair market value of the Participant’s vested Account as of the Valuation Date preceding the distribution. 

 

	5.2	PARTICIPANTS OMITTED IN ERROR. In the event a Participant is not allocated a share of the Employer contribution and/or forfeitures as a result of an administrative
error in any Plan Year, the Employer may elect to either (a) make an additional contribution on behalf of such omitted Participant in an appropriate amount, or (b) deduct the appropriate amount from the next succeeding Employer contribution and/or
forfeitures and allocate such amount to the Participant’s Account prior to making the allocations set forth under Section 5.1(d). 

  
 ARTICLE SIX—VESTING, RETIREMENT AND DISABILITY BENEFITS 
  

	6.1	VESTING. A Participant shall at all times have a nonforfeitable (vested) right to his Account derived from elective deferrals, any Employer “fail-safe”
contributions under Section 10.2, and any rollovers or transfers from other plans, as adjusted for investment experience. Except as otherwise provided with respect to Normal Retirement, Disability, or death, a Participant shall have a nonforfeitable
(vested) right to a percentage of the value of his Account derived from any Employer matching and profit-sharing contributions made under Section 4.2 as follows: 

  

				
	 Years of Service

	  	Vested Percentage

	 
	 Less than 2 years
	  	0	%
	 2 years but less than 3
	  	25	%
	 3 years but less than 4
	  	50	%
	 4 years but less than 5
	  	75	%
	 5 years and thereafter
	  	100	%

  

	6.2	FORFEITURE OF NONVESTED BALANCE. The nonvested portion of a Participant’s Account, as determined in accordance with Section 6.1, shall be forfeited as of the
earlier of (i) as soon as administratively practical following the date on which the Participant receives distribution of his vested Account or (ii) as soon as administratively practical after the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
incurs five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service. The amount forfeited shall be used to pay Plan expenses and/or used to reduce Employer contributions under Section 4.2. 

  

 15 

 If the Participant returns to the employment of the Employer prior to incurring five (5) consecutive
Breaks in Service, and prior to receiving distribution of his vested Account, the nonvested portion shall be restored. However, if the nonvested portion of the Participant’s Account was forfeited as the result of the Participant receiving
distribution of his vested Account balance, the nonvested portion shall be restored if: 
  

	 	(a)	the Participant resumes employment prior to incurring five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service; and 

  

	 	(b)	the Participant repays to the Plan, as of the earlier of (i) the date which is five (5) years after his reemployment date or (ii) the date which is the last day of the period in
which the Participant incurs five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service, an amount equal to the total distribution derived from Employer contributions under Section 4.2 and, if applicable, Section 13.3. 

  
 The nonvested amount shall be restored to the Participant’s Account,
without interest or adjustment for interim Trust valuation experience, by a special Employer contribution or from the next succeeding Employer contribution and forfeitures, as appropriate. 
  

	6.3	DISTRIBUTION OF LESS THAN ENTIRE VESTED ACCOUNT BALANCE. If a distribution (including a withdrawal) of any portion of a Participant’s Account is made to the
Participant at a time when he has a vested percentage in such Account equal to less than one-hundred percent (100%), a separate record shall be maintained of said Account balance. The Participant’s vested interest at any time in this separate
account shall be an amount equal to the formula P(AB+D)-D, where P is the vested percentage at the relevant time, AB is the Account balance at the relevant time, and D is the amount of the distribution (or withdrawal)
made to the Participant. 

  

	6.4	NORMAL RETIREMENT. A Participant who is in the employment of the Employer at his Normal Retirement Date shall have a nonforfeitable interest in one hundred percent
(100%) of his Account, if not otherwise one hundred percent (100%) vested under the vesting schedule in Section 6.1. A Participant who continues employment with the Employer after his Normal Retirement Date shall continue to participate under the
Plan. 

  

	6.5	DISABILITY. If a Participant incurs a Disability, the Participant shall have a nonforfeitable interest in one hundred percent (100%) of his Account, if not otherwise
one hundred percent (100%) vested under the vesting schedule in Section 6.1. Payment of such Participant’s Account balance shall be made at the time and in the manner specified in Article Seven, following receipt by the Administrator of the
Participant’s written distribution request. 

  

 16 

 ARTICLE SEVEN— MANNER AND TIME OF DISTRIBUTING BENEFITS 
  

	7.1	MANNER OF PAYMENT. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.5 and/or Section 7.9, the Participant’s vested Account shall be distributed to the Participant (or to
the Participant’s Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death) by any of the following methods, as elected by the Participant or, when applicable, the Participant’s Beneficiary: 

  

	 	(a)	in a single lump-sum payment; or 

  

	 	(b)	provided the Participant’s vested Account exceeds $3,500 (or, effective for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, $5,000), in periodic installments (at least annual),
subject to the minimum distribution rules of Section 7.4.; or 

  

	 	(c)	by purchase of a nontransferable annuity from an insurance company, subject to the provisions of Section 7.5 or Section 7.9. The terms of any annuity contract purchased and
distributed by the Plan shall comply with the requirements of the Plan and applicable law. 

  

	7.2	TIME OF COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFIT PAYMENTS. Subject to the following provisions of this Section, unless the Participant elects otherwise, distribution of the
Participant’s vested Account shall be made or commence no later than the sixtieth (60) day after the later of the close of the Plan Year in which: (a) the Participant attains age sixty-five (65) (or Normal Retirement Date, if earlier) or (b)
the date the Participant terminates Service with the Employer. 

  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant’s vested Account does not exceed $3,500 (or, effective for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, $5,000), the Participant’s vested Account shall be
distributed to the Participant (or, in the event of the Participant’s death, his Beneficiary) in a lump-sum payment as soon as administratively practicable following the date the Participant retires, dies or otherwise separates from Service.

  
 Notwithstanding any provision contained herein to the
contrary, a Participant who is not vested in any portion of his Account balance attributable to Employer contributions shall be deemed to have received distribution of such portion of his Account as of the end of the Plan Year following the Plan
Year in which he separates from Service. 
  
 For years beginning
after December 31, 1996, in no event shall distribution of the Participant’s vested Account be made or commence later than the April 1st following the end of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half
(701⁄2), or, except for a Participant who is a five percent (5%) owner of the Employer (within the meaning of Section 401(a)(9)(C) of the Code), if later, the April 1st following the calendar year in which the Participant retires or otherwise
separates from Service. In addition, any Participant attaining age seventy and one-half (701⁄2) prior to January 1, 1999 may elect to receive distribution of his vested Account in accordance with the provisions of this Article Seven. 

 

 17 

	7.3	FURNISHING INFORMATION. Prior to the payment of any benefit under the Plan, each Participant or Beneficiary may be required to complete such administrative forms and
furnish such proof as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Employer, Administrator, and/or Trustee. 

  

	7.4	MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION RULES FOR INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS. If a distribution is made in installments the following rules shall apply: 

  

	 	(a)	Payments to Participant or to Participant and Surviving Spouse. Payment shall commence no later than a date provided for in Section 7.2. The amount to be distributed
each year shall be at least equal to the vested balance of the Participant’s Account as of the preceding Valuation Date multiplied by the following fraction: the numerator shall be one (1) and the denominator shall be the life expectancy of the
Participant (or the joint life expectancies of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse) determined as of the Valuation Date preceding the first payment and reduced by one for each succeeding year. 

  

	 	(b)	Payments to Participant and Non-Spouse Beneficiary. Payment shall commence no later than a date provided for in Section 7.2. The amount to be distributed each year
shall be at least equal to the vested balance of the Participant’s Account as of the preceding Valuation Date multiplied by the following fraction: the numerator shall be one (1) and the denominator shall be the joint life expectancies of the
Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary computed as of the Valuation Date preceding the first payment and reduced by one (1) for each succeeding year. Payments shall be restricted under this option to insure compliance with the minimum
distribution incidental death benefit requirement of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. 

  

	 	(c)	Payments to Beneficiary. Payment shall commence no later than a date provided for in Section 7.8. The amount to be distributed each year shall be at least equal to the
vested balance of the Participant’s Account as of the preceding Valuation Date multiplied by the following fraction: the numerator shall be one (1) and the denominator shall be the life expectancy of the Participant’s Beneficiary computed
as of the Valuation Date preceding the first payment and reduced by one (1) for each succeeding year. 

  

	 	(d)	Recalculation of Life Expectancy. If distribution is to be made over the life expectancy of the Participant or, where the Participant’s spouse is his Beneficiary,
the life expectancy of the Participant’s surviving spouse, or the joint life expectancies of the Participant and his spouse, such life expectancy or joint life expectancies shall not be recalculated, unless distribution commences after the
Participant has attained age seventy and one-half (701⁄2), and then only if the Participant or his surviving spouse, as the case may be, affirmatively elects. Any such election shall be irrevocable as to the Participant (and spouse, if
applicable) and shall apply to all subsequent years. In no event, however, shall the life expectancy of a non-spouse Beneficiary be recalculated. 

  

 18 

	7.5	JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY. The provisions of this Section 7.5 shall apply only if the Participant elects the annuity option under Section 7.1(c).

  

	 	(a)	Annuity Form of Payment: If distribution of a Participant’s vested Account balance commences during his lifetime, his vested Account shall be applied to the
purchase of a “single life annuity” for a Participant who is unmarried as of his benefit commencement date, or if the Participant is married as of his benefit commencement date, applied to the purchase of a “qualified joint
and survivor annuity”. 

  
 A
“qualified joint and survivor annuity” is an immediate annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the spouse which is not less than fifty percent (50%), and not more than one hundred
percent (100%), of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and his spouse. 
  
 A “single life annuity” is an annuity for the life of the Participant. 
  

	 	(b)	Waiver of Annuity: The Participant may, at any time during the “election period” elect to waive the annuity form of payment described above and elect
any alternative form of payment provided under the Plan. The additional annuity options include a five (5), ten (10) or fifteen (15) year period certain annuity, and for a married Participant a single life annuity. 

  
 The “election period” under this Section shall be the
ninety (90)-day period prior to the “annuity starting date,” which date shall be the first day of the first period in which an amount is payable as an annuity. 
  
 An election to waive the applicable annuity form of payment under the Plan must be made in writing in a form acceptable to
the Administrator. In addition, an election by a married Participant to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity shall not take effect unless (1) the Participant’s spouse consents in writing to the election, (2) the election designates a
specific alternate Beneficiary, if applicable, including any class of Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries, which may not be changed without spousal consent (unless the Participant’s spouse expressly permits designations by the
Participant without any further spousal consent), (3) the spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of the election, and (4) the spouse’s consent is witnessed by a notary public. In addition, the Participant’s waiver of a qualified
joint and survivor annuity shall not be effective unless the election designates a form of benefit payment which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the Participant’s spouse expressly permits designation by the Participant without
any further spousal consent). Notwithstanding the foregoing, spousal consent hereunder shall not be required if it is established to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the spouse’s consent cannot be obtained because such spouse cannot
be located, or because of such other circumstances as may be prescribed in regulations pursuant to Section 417 of the Code. 
  

 19 

 Any consent by a spouse obtained under this Section (or establishment that the consent of such spouse
cannot be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such spouse. A consent that permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by such spouse must acknowledge that the spouse has the right to limit consent
to a specific Beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. No consent obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the Participant has
received notice as provided below. In addition, any waiver made in accordance with this Section may be revoked at any time prior to the commencement of benefits under the Plan. A Participant is not limited to the number of revocations or elections
that may be made hereunder. 
  

	 	(c)	Notice Requirement: The Administrator shall provide to each Participant, not less than thirty (30) days, and not more than ninety (90) days, prior to the commencement
of benefits, a written explanation of: 

  

	 	(1)	the terms and conditions of the qualified joint and survivor annuity or life annuity; 

  

	 	(2)	the Participant’s right to waive such applicable annuity and the effect of such waiver; 

  

	 	(3)	the rights of the Participant’s spouse regarding the required consent to an election to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity; and 

  

	 	(4)	the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of an election to waive the applicable annuity. 

  

	 	(d)	Restrictions: Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if the vested balance of the Participant’s Account does not exceed $3,500 (or, effective
for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, $5,000), distribution of the Participant’s vested Account shall be made in the form of a lump-sum payment. However, no distribution shall be made pursuant to this subsection after the first day of
the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity unless the Participant and the Participant’s spouse, if applicable, consent in writing to such distribution. For purposes of this subsection, “vested balance of a
Participant’s Account” shall mean the aggregate value of a Participant’s vested Account balance attributable to Employer contributions, Employee contributions and rollover contributions, if applicable, whether vested before or upon
the death of a Participant. 

  

	7.6	AMOUNT OF DEATH BENEFIT 

  

	 	(a)	Death Before Termination of Employment. In the event of the death of a Participant while in the employ of the Employer, vesting in the Participant’s Account shall
be one hundred percent (100%), if not otherwise one hundred percent (100%) vested under Section 6.1, with the credit balance of the Participant’s Account being payable to his Beneficiary. 

  

 20 

	 	(b)	Death After Termination of Employment. In the event of the death of a former Participant after termination of employment, but prior to the complete distribution of his
vested Account balance under the Plan, the undistributed vested balance of the Participant’s Account shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary. 

  

	7.7	DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY. Each Participant shall file with the Administrator a designation of Beneficiary to receive payment of any death benefit payable hereunder
if such Beneficiary should survive the Participant. However, no Participant who is married shall be permitted to designate a Beneficiary other than his spouse unless the Participant’s spouse has signed a written consent witnessed by a notary
public, which provides for the designation of an alternate Beneficiary. 

  
 Subject to the above, Beneficiary designations may include primary and contingent Beneficiaries, and may be revoked or amended at any time in similar manner or form, and the most recent designation shall govern. A
designation of a Beneficiary made by a Participant shall cease to be effective upon his marriage. In the absence of an effective designation of Beneficiary, the Participant’s vested Account shall be paid to the surviving spouse of the
Participant, or, if no surviving spouse, to the Participant’s estate. Notification to Participants of the death benefits under the Plan and the method of designating a Beneficiary shall be given at the time and in the manner provided by
regulations and rulings under the Code. 
  
 In the event a
Beneficiary dies after distribution of any death benefit has commenced to such Beneficiary, any benefits remaining to be paid to the Beneficiary shall be paid to his estate. 
  

	7.8	DISTRIBUTION OF DEATH BENEFITS. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.2 and 7.9 below, if applicable, the Beneficiary shall be allowed to designate the mode of
receiving benefits in accordance with Section 7.1, unless the Participant had designated a method in writing and indicated that the method was not revocable by the Beneficiary. 

  

	 	(a)	Distribution Beginning Before Death - If the Participant dies after distribution of his vested Account has commenced, any survivor’s benefit must be paid at least
as rapidly as under the method of payment in effect at the time of the Participant’s death. 

  

	 	(b)	Distribution Beginning After Death - If the Participant dies before distribution of his vested Account has commenced, distribution of the Participant’s vested
Account shall be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death, except as provided below: 

  

	 	(i)	if any portion of the Participant’s vested Account is payable to a designated Beneficiary, and if distribution is to be made over the life or over a period certain not greater
than the life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary (if permitted under Section 7.1 above) such payments shall commence on or before December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died;

  

 21 

	 	(ii)	if the designated Beneficiary is the Participant’s surviving spouse, the date distribution is required to begin shall not be earlier than the later of (A) December 31 of the
calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died and (B) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age seventy and one-half (701⁄2). 

  
 For purposes of this paragraph (b), if the surviving spouse dies after the
Participant, but before payments to such spouse begin, the provisions of this paragraph, with the exception of paragraph (ii) herein, shall be applied as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant has no designated
Beneficiary (within the meaning of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations thereunder), distribution of the Participant’s vested Account must be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
Participant’s death. 
  

	7.9	QUALIFIED PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article Seven, in the event a married Participant dies after electing the
“qualified joint and survivor annuity” (as defined in Section 7.5), and prior to the annuity starting date, such Participant’s vested Account balance shall be applied to the purchase of an annuity for the life of the
Participant’s surviving spouse; provided, however, that the Participant’s surviving spouse may elect to waive such annuity and receive such death benefit in the form of a lump-sum payment or in installments subject to the provisions of
Section 7.4. 

  
 The Administrator must furnish to
the surviving spouse, within a reasonable amount of time after a written request has been made by such surviving spouse, a written explanation of the terms and conditions of the qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity and any other form of payment
which may be selected. The Participant’s surviving spouse may commence the payment of the qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity under this Section within a reasonable period following the Participant’s death. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section shall not
apply if the vested balance of the Participant’s Account does not exceed $3,500 (or, effective for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, $5,000). 
  

	7.10	ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article Seven, the provisions of this Section 7.10 shall apply to distributions made
under the Plan. 

  

	 	(a)	A “distributee” (as hereinafter defined) may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to have any portion of an “eligible rollover
distribution” (as hereinafter defined) paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover. 

  

 22 

	 	(b)	Definitions: 

  

	 	(i)	Eligible Rollover Distribution. An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except
that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint
lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten (10) years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a) (9) of
the Code; any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code received after December 31, 1999; and the portion of any distribution that is not includable in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net
unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). 

  

	 	(ii)	Eligible Retirement Plan. An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity
described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. However, in the case
of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. 

  

	 	(iii)	Distributee. A distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving spouse, and the
Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 4l4(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former
spouse. 

  

	 	(iv)	Direct Rollover. A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee. 

  

	 	(c)	If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under
Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that: 

  

	 	(i)	the Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of
whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and 

  

	 	(ii)	the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. 

  

 23 

	 	(d)	Effective January 1, 1997, if a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code applies, the distribution may commence less than thirty (30) days, but not less
than seven (7) days, after the notice required under Section 1.4 11(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that the requirements of paragraphs (c)(i) and (c)(ii) above are satisfied with respect to both the Participant and the
Participant’s spouse, if applicable. 

  
 ARTICLE EIGHT—LOANS AND IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS 
  

	8.1	LOANS 

  

	 	(a)	Permissible Amount and Procedures. Upon the application of a Participant, the Administrator may, in accordance with a uniform and nondiscriminatory policy, direct the
Trustee to grant a loan to the Participant, which loan shall be secured by the Participant’s vested Account balance. The Participant’s signature shall be required on a promissory note. In determining a rate of interest on such loan, the
Administrator may refer to the rate of interest used for obligations of a comparable nature by commercial lending institutions within a radius of fifty (50) miles of the Employer’s principal place of business. Participant loans shall be treated
as segregated investments, and interest repayments shall be credited only to the Participant’s Account. 

  

	 	(b)	Limitation on Amount of Loans. A Participant’s loan shall not exceed the lesser of: 

  

	 	(1)	$50,000, which amount shall be reduced by the highest outstanding loan balance during the preceding twelve (12)-month period; or 

  

	 	(2)	one-half (1⁄2) of the vested value of the Participant’s Account, determined as of the Valuation Date preceding the date of the Participant’s loan.

  
 Any loan must be repaid within five (5) years,
unless made for the purpose of acquiring the primary residence of the Participant, in which case such loan may be repaid over a longer period of time not to exceed fifteen (15) years. The repayment of any loan must be made in at least quarterly
installments of principal and interest; provided, however, that this requirement shall not apply for a period, not longer than one year, that a Participant is on a leave of absence (“Leave”), either without pay from the Employer or at a
rate of pay (after income and employment tax withholding) that is less than the amount of the installment payments required under the terms of the loan. However, the loan must be repaid by the latest date permitted under Section 72(p)(2)(B) of the
Code and the installments due after the Leave ends (or, if earlier, upon the expiration of the first year of the Leave) must not be less than those required under the terms of the original loan. 
  
 If a Participant defaults on any outstanding loan, the unpaid balance, and
any interest due thereon, shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of the underlying promissory note; provided, however, that such foreclosure on the promissory note and attachment of security shall not occur until a distributable
event occurs in accordance with the provisions of Article Seven. 
  

 24 

 If a Participant terminates employment while any loan balance is outstanding, the unpaid balance, and any
interest due thereon, shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of the underlying promissory note. If such amount is not paid to the Plan, it shall be charged against the amounts that are otherwise payable to the Participant or the
Participant’s Beneficiary under the provisions of the Plan. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, no loan shall be made to any Participant who is a five percent (5%) or greater shareholder-employee of an electing small business (Subchapter 5) corporation, an owner of more than
ten percent (10%) of either the capital interest or the profits interest of an unincorporated Employer, or a family member (as defined in Section 267(c)(4) of the Code) of such Participant, unless an exemption for the loan is obtained pursuant to
Section 408 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. 
  
 In the case of a Participant who has loans outstanding from other plans of the Employer (or a member of the Employer’s related group (within the meaning of Section 2.5(b)), the Administrator shall be responsible
for reporting to the Trustee the existence of said loans in order to aggregate all such loans within the limits of Section 72(p) of the Code. 
  

	8.2	HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS. In the case of a financial hardship resulting from a proven immediate and heavy financial need, a Participant may receive a distribution not to
exceed the lesser of (i) the value of the Participant’s Account attributable to his elective deferrals, without regard to earnings thereon after December 31, 1988, and any rollover contributions made under Section 4.2, including any earnings
thereon, or (ii) the amount necessary to satisfy the financial hardship. The amount of any such immediate and heavy financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay Federal, state or local income taxes reasonably anticipated to result from
the distribution. Such distribution shall be made in accordance with nondiscriminatory and objective standards consistently applied by the Administrator. 

  
 Hardship distributions under this Section shall be deemed to be the result of an immediate and heavy financial need if such
distribution is to (a) pay expenses for medical care (as described in Section 213(d) of the Code) previously incurred by the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or any dependents of the Participant (as defined in Section 152 of the Code), or
to permit the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or any dependents of the Participant to obtain such medical care, (b) purchase the principal residence of the Participant (excluding mortgage payments), (c) pay tuition and related
educational fees for the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant, Participant’s spouse, or any of the Participant’s dependents or (d) prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or
foreclosure on the Participant’s principal residence. Distributions paid pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to be made as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the hardship distribution, and the Participant’s Account shall be
reduced accordingly. 
  
 A distribution shall not be treated as
necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant to the extent the amount of the distribution is in excess of the amount required to relieve the financial need or to the extent the need may be 
  

 25 

 satisfied from other resources that are reasonably available to the Participant. This determination shall
generally be made on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances. For purposes of this paragraph, the Participant’s resources shall be deemed to include those assets of the Participant’s spouse and minor children that are reasonably
available to the Participant. A distribution generally shall be treated as necessary to satisfy a financial need if the Administrator relies upon the Participant’s written representation, unless the Administrator has actual knowledge to the
contrary, that the need cannot reasonably be relieved: 
  

	 	(1)	Through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise; 

  

	 	(2)	By liquidation of the Participant’s assets; 

  

	 	(3)	By cessation of elective deferrals under the Plan; or 

  

	 	(4)	By other distributions or nontaxable (at the time of the loan) loans from plans maintained by the Employer or by any other employer, or by borrowing from commercial sources on
reasonable commercial terms, in an amount sufficient to satisfy the need. 

  
 For purposes of the foregoing paragraph, a need cannot reasonably be relieved by one of the actions listed above if the effect would be to increase the amount of the need. In making such determination, the
Administrator may rely upon the Participant’s written representation to such effect, unless the Administrator has actual knowledge to the contrary. 
  

	8.3	WITHDRAWALS AFTER AGE 591⁄2. After attaining age fifty-nine and one-half (591⁄2), a Participant, by giving written notice to the Administrator, may withdraw from
the Plan a sum (a) not in excess of the credit balance of his vested Account and (b) not less than such minimum amount as the Administrator may establish from time to time to facilitate administration of the Plan. Any such withdrawals shall be made
in accordance with nondiscriminatory and objective standards consistently applied by the Administrator. 

  

	8.4	WITHDRAWALS OF ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS. A Participant, by giving written notice to the Administrator, may withdraw from the Plan a sum (a) not in excess of the credit
balance of the Participant’s Account attributable to any rollover contributions made to the Plan and (b) not less than such minimum amount as the Administrator may establish from time to time to facilitate administration of the Plan. Any such
withdrawals shall be made in accordance with nondiscriminatory and objective standards consistently applied by the Administrator. 

  

 26 

 ARTICLE NINE—ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN 
  

	9.1	PLAN ADMINISTRATION. The Employer shall be the Plan Administrator, hereinbefore and hereinafter called the Administrator, and “named fiduciary” (for purposes
of Section 402(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time) of the Plan, unless the Employer, by action of its board of directors, shall designate a person or committee of persons to be the
Administrator and named fiduciary. The administration of the Plan, as provided herein, including a determination of the payment of benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries, shall be the responsibility of the Administrator; provided, however,
that the Administrator may delegate any of its powers, authority, duties or responsibilities to any person or committee of persons. The Administrator shall have full discretion to interpret the terms of the Plan, to determine factual questions that
arise in the course of administering the Plan, to adopt rules and regulations regarding the administration of the Plan, to determine the conditions under which benefits become payable under the Plan, and to make any other determinations that the
Administrator believes are necessary and advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any determination made by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties. 

  
 In the event more than one party shall act as Administrator, all actions
shall be made by majority decisions. In the administration of the Plan, the Administrator may (a) employ agents to carry out nonfiduciary responsibilities (other than Trustee responsibilities), (b) consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the
Employer, and (c) provide for the allocation of fiduciary responsibilities (other than Trustee responsibilities) among its members. Actions dealing with fiduciary responsibilities shall be taken in writing and the performance of agents, counsel and
fiduciaries to whom fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be reviewed periodically. 
  
 The expenses of administering the Plan and the compensation of all employees, agents, or counsel of the Administrator, including accounting fees,
recordkeeper’s fees, and the fees of any benefit consulting firm, shall be paid by the Plan, or shall be paid by the Employer if the Employer so elects. To the extent required by applicable law, compensation may not be paid by the Plan to
full-time Employees of the Employer. 
  
 In the event the
Employer pays the expenses of administering the Plan, the Employer may seek reimbursement from the Plan for the payment of such expenses. Reimbursement shall be permitted only for Plan expenses paid by the Employer within the last twelve (12)-month
period. 
  
 The Administrator shall obtain from the Trustee, not
less often than annually, a report with respect to the value of the assets held in the Trust Fund, in such form as may be required by the Administrator. 
  
 The Administrator shall administer the Plan and adopt such rules and regulations as, in the opinion of the Administrator, are necessary or advisable to
implement and administer the Plan and to transact its business. 
  

 27 

	9.2	CLAIMS PROCEDURE 

  

	 	(a)	Pursuant to procedures established by the Administrator, claims for benefits under the Plan made by a Participant or Beneficiary (the “claimant”) must be submitted in
writing to the Administrator. Approved claims shall be processed and instructions issued to the Trustee or custodian authorizing payment as claimed. 

  
 If a claim is denied in whole or in part, the Administrator shall notify the claimant within ninety (90) days after receipt
of the claim (or within one hundred eighty (180) days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, and provided written notice indicating the special circumstances and the date by which a final decision is
expected to be rendered is given to the claimant within the initial ninety (90) day period). If notification is not given in such period, the claim shall be considered denied as of the last day of such period and the claimant may request a review of
the claim. 
  
 The notice of the denial of the claim shall be
written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall set forth the following: 
  

	 	(i)	the specific reason or reasons for the denial of the claim; 

  

	 	(ii)	the specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based; 

  

	 	(iii)	a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

  

	 	(iv)	a statement that any appeal of the denial must be made by giving to the Administrator, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the denial of the claim, written notice of such
appeal, such notice to include a full description of the pertinent issues and basis of the claim. 

  

	 	(b)	Upon denial of a claim in whole or part, the claimant (or his duly authorized representative) shall have the right to submit a written request to the Administrator for a full and
fair review of the denied claim, to be permitted to review documents pertinent to the denial, and to submit issues and comments in writing. Any appeal of the denial must be given to the Administrator within the period of time prescribed under (a)
(iv) above. If the claimant (or his duly authorized representative) fails to appeal the denial to the Administrator within the prescribed time, the Administrator’s adverse determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

  
 The Administrator may hold a hearing or
otherwise ascertain such facts as it deems necessary and shall render a decision which shall be binding upon both parties. The Administrator shall advise the claimant of the results of the review within sixty (60) days after receipt of the written
request for the review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a 
  

 28 

 decision shall be rendered as soon as possible but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after
receipt of the request for review. If such extension of time is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the commencement of the extension. The decision of the review shall be written in a manner
calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall include specific reasons for the decision and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. The decision of the Administrator shall be final, binding and
conclusive. 
  

	9.3	TRUST AGREEMENT. The Trust Agreement entered into by and between the Employer and the Trustee, including any supplements or amendments thereto, or any successor Trust
Agreement, is incorporated by reference herein. 

  
 ARTICLE TEN—SPECIAL COMPLIANCE PROVISIONS 
  

	10.1	DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS DEFERRAL AMOUNTS. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, “Excess Deferral Amounts” (as defined below) (and income or loss
allocable thereto, including all earnings, expenses and appreciation or depreciation in value, whether or not realized) shall be distributed no later than each April 15 to Participants who claim Excess Deferral Amounts for the preceding calendar
year. 

  
 “Excess Deferral Amount” shall
mean the amount of elective deferrals for a calendar year that the Participant designates to the Plan pursuant to the following procedure. The Participant’s designation: shall be submitted to the Administrator in writing no later than March 1;
shall specify the Participant’s Excess Deferral Amount for the preceding calendar year; and shall be accompanied by the Participant’s written statement that if the Excess Deferral Amount is not distributed, it will, when added to amounts
deferred under other plans or arrangements described in Section 401(k), 408(k) or 403(b) of the Code, exceed the limit imposed on the Participant by Section 402(g) of the Code for the year in which the deferral occurred. 
  
 An Excess Deferral Amount, and the income or loss allocable thereto, may be
distributed before the end of the calendar year in which the elective deferrals were made. A Participant who has an Excess Deferral Amount for a taxable year, taking into account only his elective deferrals under the Plan or any other plans of the
Employer (including any member of the Employer’s related group (within the meaning of Section 2.5(b)), shall be deemed to have designated the entire amount of such Excess Deferral Amount. 
  

	10.2	LIMITATIONS ON 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS 

  

	 	(a)	Average Actual Deferral Percentage Test. Amounts contributed as elective deferrals under Section 4.1(a), and any “fail-safe” contributions made under this
Section, are considered to be amounts deferred pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code. For purposes of this Section, these amounts are referred to as the “deferred amounts.” For purposes of the “average actual deferral percentage
test” described below, (i) such deferred amounts must be made before the last day of the twelve (12)-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the 

  

 29 

 contributions relate, and (ii) the deferred amounts relate to Compensation that either (A) would have
been received by the Participant in the Plan Year but for the Participant’s election to make deferrals, or (B) is attributable to services performed by the Participant in the Plan Year, and, but for the Participant’s election to make
deferrals, would have been received by the Participant within two and one-half (21⁄2) months after the close of the Plan Year. The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the average actual deferral percentage
test and the deferred amounts used in such test. 
  
 Effective
for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, as of the last day of each Plan Year, the deferred amounts for the Participants who are Highly-Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall satisfy either of the following tests: 
  

	 	(1)	The average actual deferral percentage for the eligible Participants who are Highly-Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the average actual deferral percentage
for eligible Participants who are Nonhighly-Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or 

  

	 	(2)	The average actual deferral percentage for eligible Participants who are Highly-Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the average actual deferral percentage of
eligible Participants who are Nonhighly-Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by two (2), provided that the average actual deferral percentage for eligible Participants who are Highly-Compensated Employees for the Plan Year does not
exceed the average actual deferral percentage for eligible Participants who are Nonhighly-Compensated Employees by more than two (2) percentage points, or such lesser amount as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe to prevent the multiple
use of this alternative limitation with respect to any Highly-Compensated Employee. 

  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if elected by the Employer, the foregoing percentage tests shall be applied based on the average actual deferral percentage
of the Nonhighly-Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year; provided, however, the change in testing methods complies with the requirements set forth in Notice 98-1 and any other superseding guidance. 
  
 Effective for testing years beginning January 1, 1999, in the event the Plan
changes from the current year testing method to the prior year testing method, then, for purposes of the first testing year for which the change is effective, the average actual deferral percentage for Nonhighly-Compensated Employees for the prior
year shall be determined by taking into account only (a) elective deferrals for those Nonhighly-Compensated Employees that were taken into account for purposes of the average actual deferral percentage test (and not the actual contribution
percentage test) under the current year testing method for the prior year and (b) any qualified nonelective contributions that were allocated to the Accounts of those Nonhighly-Compensated Employees for the prior year but were not used to satisfy
the actual average deferral percentage test or the average contribution percentage test under the current year testing method for the prior year. 
  

 30 

 In the event the Plan changes from the current year to the prior year testing method for the first time
for either the 1997 or 1998 testing year, the average actual deferral percentage for Nonhighly-Compensated Employees used for that testing year shall be the same as the average actual deferral percentage for Nonhighly-Compensated Employees used for
the prior testing year. 
  
 For purposes of the above tests, the
“actual deferral percentage” shall mean the ratio (expressed as a percentage) that the deferred amounts, which are allocated to the Participant’s Account as of any day in the Plan Year, on behalf of each eligible Participant for the
Plan Year bears to the eligible Participant’s compensation (within the meaning of Section 1.414(s)-1(d)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations) for the Plan Year. The “average actual deferral percentage” shall mean the average (expressed as
a percentage) of the actual deferral percentages of the eligible Participants in each group. “Eligible Participant” shall mean each Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan under Section 3.1. 
  
 For purposes of this Section 10.2, the actual deferral percentage for any
eligible Participant who is a Highly-Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have elective deferrals allocated to his account under two (2) or more plans or arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by
the Employer or any employer who is a related group member (within the meaning of Section 2.5(b)) shall be determined as if all such deferrals were made under a single arrangement. In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code
Section 401(k), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if aggregated with one (1) or more other plans, or if one (1) or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then the provisions of this Section
10.2 shall be applied by determining the actual deferral percentage of eligible Participants as if all such plans were a single plan. If the Employer has elected to use the prior year testing method, any adjustments to the Nonhighly-Compensated
Employee actual deferral percentage for the prior year shall be made in accordance with Notice 98-1. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Section 401(k) of the Code only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same average actual deferral
percentage testing method. 
  
 For purposes of determining the
actual deferral percentage of a Participant who is classified as a Highly-Compensated Employee as the result of being a five percent (5%) owner, or who is one of the ten (10) highest paid Highly-Compensated Employees, the deferred amount and the
compensation of such Participant shall include the deferred amounts and compensation of his family members (as defined in Code Section 414(q)(6)(B)) participating in the Plan. Such family members shall be disregarded in determining the average
actual deferral percentage for Participants who are Nonhighly-Compensated Employees. The application of the family aggregation rule set forth in this paragraph, however, shall not apply for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1997.

  

 31 

 The determination and treatment of deferred amounts and the actual deferral percentage of any Participant
shall be subject to the prescribed requirements of the Secretary of the Treasury. 
  
 In the event the average actual deferral percentage test is not satisfied for a Plan Year, the Employer, in its discretion, may make a special “fail-safe” contribution for eligible Participants who are
Nonhighly-Compensated Employees and who are employed on the last day of the Plan Year (“Eligible Nonhighly-Compensated Employee(s)”). The fail safe contribution shall be allocated first to the Eligible Nonhighly-Compensated Employee whose
Compensation is the lowest of all Eligible Nonhighly-Compensated Employees in an amount that does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of his Compensation reduced by any contributions made on his behalf for the Plan Year pursuant to Sections 4.1 and
4.2; then to the Eligible Nonhighly-Compensated Employee with the second lowest Compensation of all Eligible Nonhighly-Compensated Employees in the same manner as set forth above, and continuing to be allocated to Eligible Nonhighly-Compensated
Employees in the order of ascending Compensation until the average actual deferral percentage test is satisfied. 
  

	 	(b)	Distributions of Excess Contributions. 

  

	 	(1)	In General. If the average actual deferral percentage test of Section 10.2(a) is not satisfied for a Plan Year, then the “excess contributions”, and income
allocable thereto, shall be distributed, to the extent required under Treasury regulations, no later than the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the excess contributions were made. However, if such excess contributions are
distributed later than two and one-half (21⁄2) months following the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess contributions were made, a ten percent (10%) excise tax shall be imposed upon the Employer with respect to such excess
contributions. 

  

	 	(2)	Excess Contributions. For purposes of this Section, “excess contributions” shall consist of the excess of the aggregate amount of deferred amounts made by or on
behalf of the Highly-Compensated Employees for such Plan Year over the maximum amount of all such contributions permitted under the test under Section 10.2(a). In order to comply with Section 401(k)(8)(C) of the Code (as amended by the Small
Business Job Protection Act of 1996), effective January 1, 1997, excess contributions shall be allocated to the Highly-Compensated Employees with the largest amounts of contributions taken into account in calculating the average actual deferral
percentage test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly-Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such contributions and continuing in descending order until all the excess contributions have been allocated. For
purposes of the preceding sentence, the “largest amount” is determined after distribution of any excess contributions. 

  

 32 

	 	(3)	Determination of Income. The income allocable to excess contributions allocated to each Participant shall be determined by multiplying the income allocable to the
Participant’s deferred amounts for the Plan Year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess contributions made on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year, and the denominator of which is the sum of the Participant’s Account
balances attributable to the Participant’s deferred amounts on the last day of the Plan Year. 

  

	 	(4)	Maximum Distributable Amount. The excess contributions to be distributed to a Participant shall be adjusted for income and, if there is a loss allocable to the excess
contribution, shall in no event be less than the lesser of the Participant’s Account under the Plan or the Participant’s deferred amounts for the Plan Year. Excess contributions shall be distributed from that portion of the
Participant’s Account attributable to such deferred amounts to the extent allowable under Treasury regulations. 

  

	10.3	NONDISCRIMINATION TEST FOR EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. 

  

	 	(a)	Average Contribution Percentage Test. The provisions of this Section shall apply if Employer matching contributions are made in any Plan Year under Section 4.2.

  
 Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
January 1, 1997, as of the last day of each Plan Year, the average contribution percentage for Highly-Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall satisfy either of the following tests: 
  

	 	(1)	The average contribution percentage for eligible Participants who are Highly-Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the average contribution percentage for
eligible Participants who are Nonhighly-Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or 

  

	 	(2)	The average contribution percentage for eligible Participants who are Highly-Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the average contribution percentage for
eligible Participants who are Nonhighly-Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by two (2), provided that the average contribution percentage for eligible Participants who are Highly-Compensated Employees for the Plan Year does not exceed
the average contribution percentage for eligible Participants who are Nonhighly-Compensated Employees by more than two (2) percentage points or such lesser amount as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe to prevent the multiple use of this
alternative limitation with respect to any Highly-Compensated Employee. 

  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if elected by the Employer, the foregoing percentage tests shall be applied based on the average contribution percentage of the Nonhighly-Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year;
provided, however, the change in testing methods complies with the requirements set forth in Notice 98-1 and any other superseding guidance. 
  

 33 

 Effective for testing years beginning January 1, 1999, in the event the Plan changes from the current
year testing method to the prior year testing method, then, for purposes of the first testing year for which the change is effective, the average contribution percentage for Nonhighly-Compensated Employees for the prior year shall be determined by
taking into account only (a) after-tax contributions for those Nonhighly-Compensated Employees for the prior year, (b) matching contributions for those Nonhighly-Compensated Employees that were taken into account for purposes of the average
contribution percentage test (and not the average actual deferral percentage test) under the current year testing method for the prior year, and (c) any qualified nonelective contributions that were allocated to the Accounts of those
Nonhighly-Compensated Employees for the prior year but that were not used to satisfy the average contribution percentage test or the average actual deferral percentage test under the current year testing method for the prior year. 
  
 In the event the Plan changes from the current year to the prior year
testing method for the first time for either the 1997 or 1998 testing year, the average contribution percentage for Nonhighly-Compensated Employees used for that testing year shall be the same as the average contribution percentage for
Nonhighly-Compensated Employees used for the prior testing year. 
  
 For purposes of the above tests, the “average contribution percentage” shall mean the average (expressed as a percentage) of the contribution percentages of the “eligible Participants” in each group. The
“contribution percentage” shall mean the ratio (expressed as a percentage) that the sum of Employer matching contributions, and elective deferrals (to the extent such elective deferrals are not used to satisfy the average actual deferral
percentage test of Section 10.2) under the Plan on behalf of the eligible Participant for the Plan Year bears to the eligible Participant’s compensation (within the meaning of Section 1.414(s)-1(d)(2) of the Income Tax Regulations) for the Plan
Year. Such average contribution percentage shall be determined without regard to matching contributions that are used either to correct excess contributions hereunder or because contributions to which they relate are excess deferrals under Section
10.1 or excess contributions under Section 10.2. “Eligible Participant” shall mean each Employee who is eligible to receive Employer matching contributions. 
  
 For purposes of this Section 10.3, the contribution percentage for any eligible Participant who is a Highly-Compensated
Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Employer matching contributions, elective deferrals and/or after-tax contributions allocated to his account under two (2) or more plans described in Section 401(a) of the Code or under
arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that are maintained by the Employer or any member of the Employer’s related group (within the meaning of Section 2.5(b)), shall be determined as if all such contributions were made under a
single plan. 
  

 34 

 In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Section 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the
Code only if aggregated with one (1) or more other plans, or if one (1) or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then the provisions of this Section 10.3 shall be applied by
determining the contribution percentages of eligible Participants as if all such plans were a single plan. If the Employer has elected to use the prior year testing method, any adjustments to the Nonhighly-Compensated Employee actual contribution
percentage for the prior year shall be made in accordance with Notice 98-1. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Section 401(m) of the Code only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same average contribution percentage testing method.

  
 For purposes of determining the contribution percentage of
an eligible Participant who is classified as a Highly-Compensated Employee as the result of being a five percent (5%) owner or who is one of the ten (10) highest paid Highly-Compensated Employees, the Employer matching contributions, elective
deferrals (to the extent not used to satisfy the average actual deferral percentage test of Section 10.2) and compensation of such Participant shall include the Employer matching contributions, such elective deferrals and compensation of his family
members (as defined in Code Section 414(q)(6)(B)) participating in the Plan. Such family members shall be disregarded in determining the average contribution percentage for eligible Participants who are Nonhighly-Compensated Employees. The
application of the family aggregation rule set forth in this paragraph, however, shall not apply for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1997. 
  
 The determination and treatment of the contribution percentage of any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the
Secretary of the Treasury. 
  

	 	(b)	Distribution of Excess Employer Matching Contributions. 

  

	 	(1)	In General. If the nondiscrimination tests of Section 10.3(a) are not satisfied for a Plan Year, then the “excess aggregate contributions”, and any income allocable
thereto, shall be forfeited, if otherwise forfeitable, no later than the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the nondiscrimination tests are not satisfied, and shall be used to reduce Employer contributions under Section
4.2(a). To the extent that such “excess aggregate contributions” are nonforfeitable, such excess contributions shall be distributed to the Participant on whose behalf the excess contributions were made no later than the last day of the
Plan Year following the Plan Year for which such “excess aggregate contributions” were made. However, if such excess aggregate contributions are distributed later than two and one-half (21⁄2) months following the last day of the Plan
Year in which such excess aggregate contributions were made, a ten percent (10%) excise tax shall be imposed upon the Employer with respect to such excess aggregate contributions. For purposes of the limitations of Section 11.1(b)(l) of the Plan,
excess aggregate contributions shall be considered annual additions. 

  

 35 

	 	(2)	Excess Aggregate Contributions. For purposes of this Section, “excess aggregate contributions” shall consist of the excess of the amount of Employer matching
contributions and elective deferrals (to the extent not used to satisfy the average actual deferral percentage test of Section 10.2) made on behalf of the Highly-Compensated Employees for such Plan Year over the maximum amount of all such
contributions permitted under the nondiscrimination tests under Section 10.3(a). In order to comply with Section 401(m)(6)(C) of the Code (as amended by the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996), effective January 1, 1997, excess contributions
shall be allocated to the Highly-Compensated Employee with the largest “contribution percentage amounts” (as defined below) taken into account in calculating the average contribution percentage test for the year in which the excess arose,
beginning with the Highly-Compensated Employee with the largest contribution percentage amounts and continuing in descending order until all the excess aggregate contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the
“largest amount” is determined after distribution of any excess aggregate contributions. 

  
 For purposes of the preceding paragraph, “contribution percentage amounts” shall mean the sum of Employer matching contributions and elective
deferrals (to the extent not used to satisfy the average actual deferral percentage test of Section 10.2) made under the Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year. 
  

	 	(3)	Determination of Income. The income allocable to excess contributions allocated to each Participant shall be determined by multiplying the income allocable to the Employer
matching contributions and such elective deferrals by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess aggregate contributions on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year, and the denominator of which is the sum of the Participant’s Account
balances attributable to Employer matching contributions and such elective deferrals, on the last day of the Plan Year. 

  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent otherwise required to comply with the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) of the Code and the regulations
thereunder, vested matching contributions may be forfeited. 
  

	10.4	LIMITATION ON THE MULTIPLE USE ALTERNATIVE. The sum of the average actual deferral percentage of Highly-Compensated Employees under Section 10.2(a) and the average
contribution percentage of Highly-Compensated Employees under Section 10.3(a) shall not exceed the “aggregate limit,” as defined in Section 401(m)(9) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. 

  

 36 

 If the aggregate limit is exceeded, the average contribution percentage of the Highly-Compensated
Employees shall be reduced in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.3(b). In lieu of reducing the average contribution percentage, the Administrator may reduce the average actual deferral percentage of the Highly-Compensated Employees in
accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2(b). The reductions under this Section shall be made only to the extent necessary to comply with the restrictions on the multiple use of the “alternative limitation” within the meaning of Code
Section 401(m)(9). 
  
 ARTICLE ELEVEN—LIMITATION ON
ANNUAL ADDITIONS 
  

	11.1	RULES AND DEFINITIONS 

  

	 	(a)	Rules. The following rules shall limit additions to Participants’ Accounts: 

  

	 	(1)	If the Participant does not participate, and has never participated, in another qualified plan maintained by the Employer, the amount of annual additions which may be credited to
the Participant’s Account for any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser of the “maximum permissible” amount (as hereafter defined) or any other limitation contained in this Plan. If the Employer contribution that would otherwise
be allocated to the Participant’s Account would cause the annual additions for the limitation year to exceed the maximum permissible amount, the amount allocated shall be reduced so that the annual additions for the limitation year shall equal
the maximum permissible amount. 

  

	 	(2)	Prior to determining the Participant’s actual compensation for the limitation year, the Employer may determine the maximum permissible amount for a Participant on the basis of
a reasonable estimation of the Participant’s compensation for the limitation year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated. 

  

	 	(3)	As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the limitation year, the maximum permissible amount for the limitation year shall be determined on the basis of the
Participant’s actual compensation for the limitation year. 

  

	 	(4)	If, as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s annual Compensation, a reasonable error in determining elective deferrals,
the limitations of Section 415 of the Code are exceeded, such excess amount shall be disposed of as follows: 

  

	 	(A)	Any nondeductible Employee after-tax contributions (plus attributable earnings) and, to the extent elected by the Administrator pursuant to a nondiscriminatory procedure, elective
deferrals under Section 4.1(a) (plus attributable earnings), to the extent they would reduce the excess amount, shall be returned to the Participant. 

  

 37 

	 	(B)	If an excess amount still exists after the application of subparagraph (A), and the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the limitation year, the excess amount in the
Participant’s Account shall be used to reduce Employer contributions (including any allocation of forfeitures, if applicable) for such Participant in the next limitation year, and each succeeding limitation year if necessary;

  

	 	(C)	If an excess amount still exists after the application of subparagraph (A), and the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of the limitation year, the excess amount shall
be held unallocated in a suspense account and applied to reduce future Employer contributions (including allocation of any forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in the next limitation year, and each succeeding limitation year if necessary.
Excess amounts may not be distributed to Participants or former Participants. 

  

	 	(D)	If a suspense account is in existence at any time during the limitation year pursuant to this Section 11.1(a)(4), it shall not participate in the allocation of the Trust’s
investment gains and losses. In addition, all amounts held in the suspense account shall be allocated and reallocated to Participants’ Accounts before any Employer or Employee contributions may be made for the limitation year.

  

	 	(5)	If, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under another defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, or a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section
419(e), maintained by the Employer, or an individual medical account, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), maintained by the Employer which provides an annual addition, the annual additions which may be credited to a Participant’s account
under all such plans for any such limitation year shall not exceed the maximum permissible amount. Benefits shall be reduced under any discretionary defined contribution plan before they are reduced under any defined contribution pension plan. If
both plans are discretionary contribution plans, they shall first be reduced under this Plan. Any excess amount attributable to this Plan shall be disposed of in the manner described in Section 11.1(a)(4). 

  

	 	(6)	If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this Plan, the sum of the Participant’s defined benefit plan
fraction and defined contribution plan fraction shall not exceed 1.0 in any limitation year. The annual additions which may be credited to the Participant’s Account under this Plan for any limitation year shall be limited so that if the
limitations of Code Section 415(e) become applicable, benefits under a defined benefit plan shall have first been provided before benefits under a defined contribution plan are provided. 

  

 38 

 The combined limitation set forth in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to any limitation year
beginning after December 31, 1999. 
  

	 	(7)	In any Plan Year in which the Plan becomes a Super Top-Heavy Plan (as defined in Section 13.2(b)), the denominators of the defined benefit fraction and defined contribution fraction
shall be computed using one hundred percent (100%) of the maximum dollar limitation instead of one hundred and twenty-five percent (125%). 

  

	 	(8)	In any year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan (as defined in Section 13.2(c)) (but not a Super Top-Heavy Plan), the limitations shall be similarly reduced, subject to the
special provisions of Section 13.3, which provide for the use of the one hundred and twenty-five percent (125%) limitation subject to the added minimum allocations. 

  

	 	(b)	Definitions. 

  

	 	(1)	Annual additions: The following amounts credited to a Participant’s Account for the limitation year shall be treated as annual additions: 

  

	 	(A)	Employer contributions; 

  

	 	(B)	Elective deferrals; 

  

	 	(C)	Employee after-tax contributions, if any; 

  

	 	(D)	Forfeitures, if any; and 

  

	 	(E)	Amounts allocated after March 31, 1984 to an individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(1)(2) of the Code, which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the
Employer. Also, amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985 in taxable years ending after such date which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a Key Employee, as
defined in Section 419A(d)(3), and amounts under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e), maintained by the Employer, shall be treated as annual additions to a defined contribution plan. 

  
 Employer and employee contributions taken into account as annual additions
shall include “excess contributions” as defined in Section 401(k)(8)(B) of the Code, “excess aggregate contributions” as defined in Section 401(m)(6)(B) of the Code, and “excess deferrals” as defined in Section 402(g)
of the Code, regardless of whether such amounts are distributed, recharacterized or forfeited, unless such amounts constitute 
  

 39 

 excess deferrals that were distributed to the Participant no later than April 15 of the taxable year
following the taxable year of the Participant in which such deferrals were made. 
  
 For this purpose, any excess amount applied under Section 11.1(a)(4) in the limitation year to reduce Employer contributions shall be considered annual additions for such limitation year. 
  

	 	(2)	Compensation: For purposes of determining maximum permitted benefits under this Section, compensation shall include all of a Participant’s earned income, wages,
salaries, and fees for professional services, and other amounts received for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer, including, but not limited to, commissions paid to salesmen, compensation for services on
the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips and bonuses, and effective for limitation years beginning after December 31, 1997, including also any elective deferrals (as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made
by an Employee to the Plan and any amount contributed or deferred by an Employee on an elective basis and not includable in the gross income of the Employee under Section 125 of the Code; and excluding the following: 

  

	 	(A)	Except as provided in the preceding paragraph of this Section 11.1(b)(2), Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not included in the Employee’s
gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer contributions under a simplified employee pension plan (funded with individual retirement accounts or annuities) to the extent such contributions are deductible by the Employee, or
any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation; 

  

	 	(B)	Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; 

  

	 	(C)	Amounts realized from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and 

  

	 	(D)	Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) toward the purchase of an annuity
described in Section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not the amounts are actually excludable from the gross income of the Employee). 

  
 Compensation shall be measured on the basis of compensation paid in the limitation year. 
  

 40 

	 	(3)	Defined benefit fraction: This shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Participant’s projected annual benefits under all the defined benefit
plans maintained or previously maintained by the Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of one hundred and twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar limitation in effect for the limitation year under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code or
one hundred and forty percent (140%) of the highest average compensation including any adjustment under Code Section 415(b). 

  

	 	(4)	Defined contribution fraction: This shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the annual additions to the Participant’s account under all the defined
contribution plans (whether or not terminated), welfare benefit funds, and individual medical accounts maintained by the Employer for the current and all prior limitation years, and the denominator of which is the sum of the maximum aggregate
amounts for the current and all prior limitation years of Service with the Employer, regardless of whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the Employer. 

  
 The maximum aggregate amount in any limitation year is the lesser of one hundred and twenty-five percent (125%) of the
dollar limitation then in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code or thirty-five (35%) of the Participant’s compensation for such year. 
  
 If the Employee, as of the end of the first day of the first limitation year beginning after December 31, 1986, was a participant in one (1) or more
defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 5, 1986, the numerator of this fraction shall be adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the defined benefit fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of
this Plan. Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (i) the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 and (ii) the denominator of this fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is
calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end of the last limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan made after May 5, 1986, but using the Code
Section 415 limitation applicable to the first limitation year beginning on or after January 1, 1987. 
  
 The annual addition for any limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987, shall not be recomputed to treat all Employee contributions as annual
additions. 
  

	 	(5)	Defined contribution dollar limitation: Effective January 1, 1995, this shall mean $30,000, as adjusted under Section 415(d) of the Code. 

  

 41 

	 	(6)	Employer: This term refers to the Employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 4 14(b) of the Code, as
modified by Section 415(h)), commonly-controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Section as modified by Section 415(h)), or affiliated service groups (as defined in Section 414(m)) of which the Employer is a part, or any other entity required to
be aggregated with the Employer under Code Section 414(o). 

  

	 	(7)	Highest average compensation: This means the average compensation for the three (3) consecutive limitation years with the Employer that produces the highest average.

  

	 	(8)	Limitation year: This shall mean the Plan Year, unless the Employer elects a different twelve (12) consecutive month period. The election shall be made by the adoption of a
Plan amendment by the Employer. If the limitation year is amended to a different twelve (12) consecutive month period, the new limitation year must begin on a date within the limitation year in which the amendment is made. 

 

	 	(9)	Maximum permissible amount: This shall mean an amount equal to the lesser of the defined contribution dollar limitation or twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant’s
compensation for the limitation year. If a short limitation year is created because of an amendment changing the limitation year to a different twelve (12)-consecutive month period, the maximum permissible amount shall not exceed the defined
contribution dollar limitation multiplied by the following fraction: 

  
 Number of months in the short limitation year 
 12 
  

	 	(10)	Projected annual benefit: This is the annual retirement benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form other than
a straight life annuity or qualified joint and survivor annuity) to which the Participant would be entitled under the terms of the plan, assuming: 

  

	 	(A)	the Participant will continue employment until normal retirement age under the plan (or current age, if later), and 

  

	 	(B)	the Participant’s compensation for the current limitation year and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the plan will remain constant for all future
limitation years. 

  

 42 

 ARTICLE TWELVE—AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION 
  

	12.1	AMENDMENT. The Employer, by resolution of its board of directors, (or, to the extent permitted by resolution of such board of directors, by action of a duly authorized
officer of the Employer) shall have the right to amend, alter or modify the Plan at any time, or from time to time, in whole or in part. Any such amendment shall become effective under its terms upon adoption by the Employer. However, no amendment
affecting the duties, powers or responsibilities of the Trustee may be made without the written consent of the Trustee. No amendment shall be made to the Plan which shall: 

  

	 	(a)	make it possible (other than as provided in Section 14.3) for any part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund (other than such part as may be required to pay taxes and
administrative expenses) to be used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries; 

  

	 	(b)	decrease a Participant’s account balance or eliminate an optional form of payment with respect to benefits accrued as of the later of (i) the date such amendment is adopted, or
(ii) the date the amendment becomes effective; or 

  

	 	(c)	alter the schedule for vesting in a Participant’s Account with respect to any Participant with three (3) or more Years of Service without his consent or deprive any Participant
of any nonforfeitable portion of his Account. 

  
 Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section or any other provisions of the Plan, any amendment or modification of the Plan may be made retroactively if necessary or appropriate to conform to or to satisfy the conditions of any law,
governmental regulation, or ruling, and to meet the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended. 
  

	12.2	TERMINATION OF THE PLAN. The Employer, by resolution of its board of directors, reserves the right at any time and in its sole discretion to discontinue payments under
the Plan and to terminate the Plan. In the event the Plan is terminated, or upon complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan by the Employer, the rights of each Participant to his Account on the date of such termination or discontinuance
of contributions, to the extent of the fair market value under the Trust Fund, shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable. The Employer shall direct the Trustee to distribute the Trust Fund in accordance with the Plan’s distribution
provisions to the Participants and their Beneficiaries, each Participant or Beneficiary receiving a portion of the Trust Fund equal to the value of his Account as of the date of distribution. These distributions may be implemented by the continuance
of the Trust and the distribution of the Participants’ Account shall be made at such time and in such manner as though the Plan had not terminated, or by any other appropriate method, including rollover into Individual Retirement Accounts. Upon
distribution of the Trust Fund, the Trustee shall be discharged from all obligations under the Trust and no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any further right or claim therein. In the event of the partial termination of the Plan, the Accounts
of all affected Participants shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable and the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall apply with respect to such Participants’ Accounts. 

  

 43 

	12.3	DISTRIBUTION UPON SALE OR DISPOSITION OF STOCK OR ASSETS. The vested balances of affected Participants (as defined below) may be distributed, in a single lump-sum
payment, as soon as administratively practical following: 

  

	 	(i)	the sale or other disposition of the Employer’s interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Section 409(d)(3) of the Code) to an entity that is not a “related group
member” (within the meaning of Section 2.5(b)), provided that the Employer and not the acquirer continues to maintain the Plan after the disposition. In this case, affected Participants shall be those Participants who continue employment with
such subsidiary. 

  

	 	(ii)	the sale or other disposition of “substantially all” (within the meaning of Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(4) of the Income Tax Regulations) of the assets used by the Employer in a
trade or business to an unrelated corporation, provided that the Employer and not the acquirer continues to maintain the Plan after the disposition. In this case, affected Participants shall be those Participants who continue employment with the
corporation acquiring such assets. 

  
 ARTICLE
THIRTEEN—TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS 
  

	13.1	APPLICABILITY. The provisions of this Article shall become applicable only for any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan (as defined in Section 13.2(c)). The
determination of whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan shall be made each Plan Year by the Administrator. 

  

	13.2	DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Article, the following definitions shall apply: 

  

	 	(a)	“Key Employee”: “Key Employee” shall mean any Employee or former Employee (and the Beneficiaries of such Employee) who, at any time during the
determination period, was (1) an officer of the Employer earning compensation (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code) in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the dollar limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code, (2) an owner (or considered an
owner under Section 318 of the Code) of both more than a one-half percent (1⁄2%) interest in the Employer and one of the ten (10) largest interests in the Employer if such individual’s compensation exceeds the dollar limitation under Section
415(c)(1)(A) of the Code, (3) a five percent (5%) owner of the Employer, or (4) a one percent (1%) owner of the Employer who has an annual compensation of more than $150,000. For purposes of this Section, annual compensation shall mean compensation
as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), but including amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the Employee’s income under Code Sections 125, 402(g), 402(h) or 403(b). The
determination period of the Plan is the Plan Year containing the “determination date” as defined in Section 13.2(c)(4) and the four (4) preceding Plan Years. 

  

 44 

 The determination of who is a Key Employee (including the terms “5% owner” and “1%
owner”) shall be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. 
  

	 	(b)	“Super Top-Heavy Plan”: The Plan shall constitute a “Super Top-Heavy Plan” if it meets the test for status as a Top-Heavy Plan, where “90%” is
substituted for “60%” at each place in Section 13.2(c). 

  

	 	(c)	“Top-Heavy Plan”: 

  

	 	(1)	The Plan shall constitute a “Top-Heavy Plan” if any of the following conditions exist: 

  

	 	(A)	The top-heavy ratio for the Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and the Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group of plans; or

  

	 	(B)	The Plan is part of a required aggregation group of plans (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the top-heavy ratio for the group of plans exceeds sixty percent
(60%); or 

  

	 	(C)	The Plan is a part of a required aggregation group of plans and part of a permissive aggregation group and the top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds sixty
percent (60%). 

  

	 	(2)	If the Employer maintains one (1) or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan funded with individual retirement accounts or annuities) and the
Employer maintains or has maintained one (1) or more defined benefit plans which have covered or could cover a Participant in this Plan, the top-heavy ratio is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the defined
contribution plans for all Key Employees and the actuarial equivalents of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans for all Key Employees, and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the defined contribution plans
for all Participants and the actuarial equivalents of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans for all Participants. Both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio shall include any distribution of an account balance or an accrued
benefit made in the five (5)-year period ending on the determination date and any contribution due to a defined contribution pension plan but unpaid as of the determination date. In determining the accrued benefit of a non-Key Employee who is
participating in a plan that is part of a required aggregation group, the method of determining such benefit shall be either (i) in accordance with the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the
Employer or any 

  

 45 

 member of the Employer’s related group (within the meaning of Section 2.5(b)), or (ii) if there is
no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). 
  

	 	(3)	For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of account balances and the actuarial equivalents of accrued benefits shall be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that
falls within or ends with the twelve (12)-month period ending on the determination date. The account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year shall be disregarded. The
accrued benefits and account balances of Participants who have performed no Hours of Service with any Employer maintaining the plan for the five (5)-year period ending on the determination date shall be disregarded. The calculations of the top-heavy
ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account shall be made under Section 416 of the Code and regulations issued thereunder. Deductible Employee contributions shall not be taken into account for
purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. When aggregating plans, the value of account balances and accrued benefits shall be calculated with reference to the determination dates that fall within the same calendar year. 

  

	 	(4)	Definition of terms for Top-Heavy status: 

  

	 	(A)	“Top-heavy ratio” shall mean the following: 

  

	 	(1)	If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan funded with individual retirement accounts or annuities) and the
Employer has never maintained any defined benefit plans which have covered or could cover a Participant in this Plan, the top-heavy ratio is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all Key Employees as of the
determination date (including any part of any account balance distributed in the five (5)-year period ending on the determination date), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances (including any part of any account balance
distributed in the five (5)-year period ending on the determination date) of all Participants as of the determination date. Both the numerator and the denominator shall be increased by any contributions due but unpaid to a defined contribution
pension plan as of the determination date. 

  

	 	(B)	“Permissive aggregation group” shall mean the required aggregation group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group
with the required aggregation group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code. 

  

 46 

	 	(C)	“Required aggregation group” shall mean (i) each qualified plan of the Employer (including any terminated plan) in which at least one Key Employee participates, and
(ii) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in (i) to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code. 

  

	 	(D)	“Determination date” shall mean, for any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan,
“determination date” shall mean the last day of that Plan Year. 

  

	 	(E)	“Valuation Date” shall mean the last day of the Plan Year. 

  

	 	(F)	Actuarial equivalence shall be based on the interest and mortality rates utilized to determine actuarial equivalence when benefits are paid from any defined benefit plan. If no
rates are specified in said plan, the following shall be utilized: pre- and post-retirement interest — five percent (5%); post-retirement mortality based on the Unisex Pension (1984) Table as used by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation on
the date of execution hereof. 

  

	13.3	ALLOCATION OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES FOR A TOP-HEAVY PLAN YEAR. 

  

	(a)	Except as otherwise provided below, in any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the Employer contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of any Participant who is
a non-Key Employee shall not be less than the lesser of three percent (3%) of such Participant’s compensation (as defined in Section 11.1(b)(2) and as limited by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code) or the largest percentage of Employer
contributions, elective deferrals, and forfeitures as a percentage of the Key Employee’s compensation (as defined in Section 11.1(b)(2) and as limited by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code), allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that Plan
Year. This minimum allocation shall be made even though, under other Plan provisions, the Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation or would have received a lesser allocation for the Plan Year because of insufficient
Employer contributions under Section 4.2, or the Participant’s failure to make elective deferrals under Section 4.1. 

  

	(b)	The minimum allocation under this Section shall not apply to any Participant who was not employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. 

  

	(c)	Neither elective deferrals nor Employer matching contributions may be taken into account for the purpose of satisfying the minimum allocation. 

  

	(d)	For purposes of the Plan, a non-Key Employee shall be any Employee or Beneficiary of such Employee, any former Employee, or Beneficiary of such former Employee, who is not or was
not a Key Employee during the Plan Year ending on the determination date, nor during the four (4) preceding Plan Years. 

  

 47 

	 	(e)	If no defined benefit plan has ever been part of a permissive or required aggregation group of plans of the Employer, the contributions and forfeitures under this step shall be
offset by any allocation of contributions and forfeitures under any other defined contribution plan of the Employer with a Plan Year ending in the same calendar year as this Plan’s Valuation Date. 

  

	 	(f)	There shall be no duplication of the minimum benefits required under Code Section 416. Benefits shall be provided under defined contribution plans before under defined benefit
plans. If a defined benefit plan (active or terminated) is part of the permissive or required aggregation group of plans, the allocation method of subparagraph (a) above shall apply, except that “3%” shall be increased to “5%.”

  

	 	(g)	There shall be no duplication of the minimum benefits required under Code Section 416. Benefits shall be provided under defined contribution plans before defined benefit plans. If a
defined benefit plan (active or terminated) is part of the permissive or required aggregation group of plans, and if any Participant in the Plan would have his benefits limited due to the application of the Code limitation rule in Section 11.1 in a
Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan but not a Super Top-Heavy Plan, the allocation method of subparagraph (f) above shall apply, except that “5%” shall be increased to “7.5%.” In the event any Participant in the Plan
would have his benefits limited due to the application of the special Code limitation rule in Section 11.1 in a Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan but not a Super Top-Heavy Plan and the Participant is covered only by a defined
contribution plan, the allocation method of subparagraph (a) shall apply, except that “3%” shall be increased to “4%”. 

  

	13.4	VESTING. The provisions contained in Section 6.1 relating to vesting shall continue to apply in any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, and apply to all
benefits within the meaning of Section 411(a)(7) of the Code except those attributable to Employee contributions and elective deferrals under Section 4.1, including benefits accrued before the effective date of Section 416 and benefits accrued
before the Plan became a Top-Heavy Plan. Further, no reduction in vested benefits may occur in the event the Plan’s status as a Top-Heavy Plan changes for any Plan Year and the vesting schedule is amended. In addition, if a Plan’s status
changes from a Top-Heavy Plan to that of a non-Top-Heavy Plan, a Participant with three (3) Years of Service shall continue to have his vested rights determined under the schedule which he selects, in the event the vesting schedule is subsequently
amended. 

  
 Payment of a Participant’s vested
Account balance under this Section shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Article Seven. 
  
 ARTICLE FOURTEEN—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 
  

	14.1	PLAN DOES NOT AFFECT EMPLOYMENT. Neither the creation of this Plan, any amendment thereto, the creation of any fund nor the payment of benefits hereunder shall be
construed as giving any legal or equitable right to any Employee or Participant against the Employer, its officers or Employees, or against the Trustee. All liabilities under this 

  

 48 

 Plan shall be satisfied, if at all, only out of the Trust Fund held by the Trustee. Participation in the
Plan shall not give any Participant any right to be retained in the employ of the Employer, and the Employer hereby expressly retains the right to hire and discharge any Employee at any time with or without cause, as if the Plan had not been
adopted, and any such discharged Participant shall have only such rights or interests in the Trust Fund as may be specified herein. 
  

	14.2	SUCCESSOR TO THE EMPLOYER. In the event of the merger, consolidation, reorganization or sale of assets of the Employer, under circumstances in which a successor
person, firm, or corporation shall carry on all or a substantial part of the business of the Employer, and such successor shall employ a substantial number of Employees of the Employer and shall elect to carry on the provisions of the Plan, such
successor shall be substituted for the Employer under the terms and provisions of the Plan upon the filing in writing with the Trustee of its election to do so. 

  

	14.3	REPAYMENTS TO THE EMPLOYER. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary: 

  

	 	(a)	Any monies or other Plan assets attributable to any contribution made to this Plan by the Employer because of a mistake of fact shall be returned to the Employer within one (1) year
after the date of contribution. 

  

	 	(b)	Any monies or other Plan assets attributable to any contribution made to this Plan by the Employer shall be refunded to the Employer, to the extent such contribution is predicated
on the deductibility thereof under the Code and the income tax deduction for such contribution is disallowed. Such amount shall be refunded within one (1) taxable year after the date of such disallowance or within one (1) year of the resolution of
any judicial or administrative process with respect to the disallowance. All Employer contributions hereunder are expressly contributed based upon such contributions’ deductibility under the Code. 

  

	14.4	BENEFITS NOT ASSIGNABLE. Except as provided in Section 414(p) of the Code with respect to “qualified domestic relations orders,” or except as provided in
Section 401(a)(13)(C) of the Code with respect to certain judgments and settlements, the rights of any Participant or his Beneficiary to any benefit or payment hereunder shall not be subject to voluntary or involuntary alienation or assignment.

  
 With respect to any “qualified domestic
relations order” relating to the Plan, the Plan shall permit distribution to an alternate payee under such order at any time, irrespective of whether the Participant has attained his “earliest retirement age” (within the meaning of
Section 414(p)(4)(B) of the Code) under the Plan. A distribution to an alternate payee prior to the Participant’s attainment of his earliest retirement age shall, however, be available only if the order specifies distribution at that time or
permits an agreement between the Plan and the alternate payee to authorize an earlier distribution. Nothing in this paragraph shall, however, give a Participant a right to receive distribution at a time otherwise not permitted under the Plan nor
does it permit the alternate payee to receive a form of payment not otherwise permitted under the Plan or under said Section 414(p) of the Code. 
  

 49 

	14.5	MERGER OF PLANS. In the case of any merger or consolidation of this Plan with, or transfer of the assets or liabilities of the Plan to, any other plan, the terms of
such merger, consolidation or transfer shall be such that each Participant would receive (in the event of termination of this Plan or its successor immediately thereafter) a benefit which is no less than what the Participant would have received in
the event of termination of this Plan immediately before such merger, consolidation or transfer. 

  

	14.6	INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE NOT A FORFEITURE. The decrease in value of any Account due to adverse investment experience shall not be considered an impermissible
“forfeiture” of any vested balance. 

  

	14.7	CONSTRUCTION. Wherever appropriate, the use of the masculine gender shall be extended to include the feminine and/or neuter or vice versa; and the singular form of
words shall be extended to include the plural; and the plural shall be restricted to mean the singular. 

  

	14.8	GOVERNING DOCUMENTS. A Participant’s rights shall be determined under the terms of the Plan as in effect at the Participant’s date of separation from
Service. 

  

	14.9	GOVERNING LAW. The provisions of this Plan shall be construed under the laws of the state of the situs of the Trust, except to the extent such laws are preempted by
Federal law. 

  

	14.10	HEADINGS. The Article headings and Section numbers are included solely for ease of reference. If there is any conflict between such headings or numbers and the text of
the Plan, the text shall control. 

  

	14.11	COUNTERPARTS. This Plan may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original; said counterparts shall constitute but one and the
same instrument, which may be sufficiently evidenced by any one counterpart. 

  

	14.12	LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN. In the event that all or any portion of the distribution payable to a Participant or to a Participant’s
Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the expiration of five (5) years after it shall become payable, remain unpaid solely by reason of the inability of the Administrator to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or Beneficiary, after sending a
registered letter, return receipt requested, to the last known address, and after further diligent effort, the amount so distributable shall be used to pay Plan expenses and/or used to reduce future Employer contributions. In the event a Participant
or Beneficiary is located subsequent to the forfeiture of his Account balance, such Account balance shall be restored. 

  

 50 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer, by its duly authorized officer, has caused this Plan to be executed on the
     day of             , 20     . 
  

			
	NCI INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ W. Norman Pierce        12/28/00

	 	 	Authorized Officer

  

 51EXHIBIT 10.5

 Exhibit 10.5 
  
 LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT 
  
 dated as of December 23, 2003 
  
 among 
  
 NCI INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INCORPORATED 
  
 And Its Subsidiaries, 
  
 as
Borrowers 
  
 THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,

  
 SUNTRUST BANK, 
  
 as Administrative Agent, 
  
 and 
  
 SUNTRUST BANK or its designated Affiliate, 
  
 as Lead Arranger and Book Manager 

 LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT 
  
 THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of the 23rd day of December, 2003, is made by and among NCI INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INCORPORATED, a Virginia corporation (the “Company”), and SCIENTIFIC
AND ENGINEERING SOLUTIONS, INC., a Maryland corporation (“SES”), and each other Subsidiary (as defined below) that becomes a party to this Agreement from time to time in accordance with the provisions set forth below (together with the
Company and SES, collectively, the “Borrowers,” and individually, a “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party hereto (the “Lenders”), SUNTRUST BANK, or such Affiliate
as it shall designate, in its capacity as Lead Arranger and Book Manager (in such capacity, the “Arranger”) and SUNTRUST BANK, in its capacity as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative
Agent”). 
  
 RECITALS 
  
 The Borrowers have requested that the Lenders (a) establish a $30,000,000
revolving credit facility for; (b) establish a $5,000,000 swingline facility for; (c) make term loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to $14,000,000 to; and (d) issue letters of credit for the account of, the Borrowers. 
  
 The Lenders severally, to the extent of their respective Commitments, as
defined herein, have agreed to provide severally such financing to the Borrowers, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 
  
 Accordingly, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the
Borrowers agree as follows: 
  
 SECTION 1. Definitions. As used in
this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them below, which meanings shall be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. 
  
 “Acquired Stock” means 100% of the Capital Stock of SES to be acquired by the Company, as described in the
Transaction Documents. 
  
 “Administrative Agent” shall
have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement. 
  
 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such
specified Person. The term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of common stock, by contract or otherwise.

  

 2 

 “Aggregate Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to (a)
until the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of such Lender’s Commitments at such time and (b) thereafter, the sum of (i) the aggregate then unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans and (ii) the amount of such Lender’s
Revolving Commitment then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure then outstanding. 
  
 “Aggregate Exposure Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a
percentage) of such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure at such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time. 
  
 “Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount” shall mean the aggregate principal amount of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments from time to time. On
the Closing Date, the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount equals $30,000,000. 
  
 “Aggregate Revolving Commitments” shall mean, collectively, all Revolving Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders at any time outstanding. 
  
 “Aging Report” means a schedule of all outstanding Receivables of the Borrowers showing the age of such
Receivables from invoice date in intervals of 0-1 days, 2-45 days, 46-90 days and over 90 days. 
  
 “Agreement” means this Loan and Security Agreement, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 

 
 “Applicable Lending Office” shall mean, for each Lender and for
each Type of Loan, the “Lending Office” of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) designated on the signature page hereto, or such other office of such Lender (or Affiliate of such Lender) as such Lender may from time to time specify
to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers as the office by which its Loans are to be made and maintained. 
  
 “Applicable Margin” shall mean the applicable percentage corresponding to the Funded Debt Ratio set forth below, as calculated by the
Administrative Agent. The Applicable Margin on the Closing Date for (a) Revolving Loans that are LIBOR Loans or Index Rate Loans, and Swingline Loans that are Index Rate Loans shall be 2.50%, (b) Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans that are Base
Rate Loans shall be 0.50%, (c) Term Loans that are LIBOR Loans or Index Rate Loans shall be 3.00%, and (d) Term Loans that are Base Rate Loans shall be 1.00%. The Applicable Margin will be adjusted on a quarterly basis in accordance with the table
set forth below: 
  

 3 

													
	 Funded Debt Ratio

	  	 Applicable
 Margin for
 Revolving
 LIBOR
 Loans and
 Index Rate
 Loans and
 for
 Swingline
 Index Rate
 Loans

	 	 	 Applicable
 Margin
 for Term LIBOR
 Loans and
 Index Rate Loans

	 	 	 Applicable
 Margin for
 Revolving and
 Swingline Base
 Rate Loans

	 	 	 Applicable
 Margin for
Term Base
 Rate Loans

	 
	 Less than or equal to 1.50 to 1.
	  	1.50	%	 	2.00	%	 	0.0	%	 	0.0	%
	 Greater than 1.50 to 1, and less than
or equal to 2.00 to 1.
	  	1.85	%	 	2.35	%	 	0.0	%	 	0.35	%
	 Greater than 2.00 to 1, and less than
or equal to 2.50 to 1.
	  	2.20	%	 	2.70	%	 	0.20	%	 	0.70	%
	 Greater than 2.50 to 1
	  	2.50	%	 	3.00	%	 	0.50	%	 	1.00	%

  
 The Applicable Margin
will be adjusted to the percentage corresponding to the applicable Funded Debt Ratio in effect as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Company. The adjustment will become effective as of the first day of the calendar month next succeeding
delivery to the Administrative Agent of the Company’s financial statements for the last month of each fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 5.8. No decrease in the Applicable Margin shall become effective if, at such time, any Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing. If the Company’s financial statements are not delivered to the Administrative Agent within the specified time periods, the Applicable Margin may be increased, at the option of the Administrative Agent, or upon
written notice from the Required Lenders to the Administrative Agent and the Company, to the highest applicable percentage from the date on which the statements were due through the date on which the Applicable Margin would again be adjusted
pursuant to this Agreement. 
  
 “Asset Sale” means any
Disposition of assets or series of related Dispositions of assets (excluding at all times any such Disposition permitted by Section 6.7(a)) which yields gross proceeds to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (valued at the initial principal amount
thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash proceeds) in excess of $150,000. 
  
 “Assignment of Claims Act” means, collectively, the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, 31 U.S.C. §
3727, 41 U.S.C. § 15, any applicable rules, regulations and interpretations issued pursuant thereto, and any amendments to any of the foregoing. 
  
 “Assumption Agreement” means an assumption agreement, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent, executed by a Subsidiary
that becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.3 below, pursuant to which such Subsidiary agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents as though it were an original signatory
thereto. 
  

 4 

 “Base Rate” shall mean the higher of (i) the Prime Rate, and (ii) the Federal Funds Rate, as in
effect from time to time, plus one-half of one percent (0.50%). 
  
 “Base Rate Loan” means any Loan or portion thereof with respect to which the interest rate is calculated by reference to the Base Rate. 
  
 “Borrower” and “Borrowers” shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the preamble to this Agreement. 
  
 “Borrowing” shall mean a borrowing consisting of (i) Loans of the
same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and in the case of LIBOR Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (ii) a Swingline Loan. 
  
 “Borrowing Base” means, at the time in question, the sum of the following, without duplication, (a) 90% of
Eligible Billed Government Receivables arising out of Government Contracts on which the applicable Borrower is a prime contractor; plus (b) 85% of Eligible Billed Government Receivables arising out of Government Contracts on which the
applicable Borrower is a subcontractor; plus (c) 85% of Eligible Billed Commercial Receivables; minus (d) the Term Loan Reserve; and minus (e) the Contingent Payment Reserve; provided, however, that if the
Borrowing Base attributable to clauses (b) and (c) shall exceed 25% of the Borrowing Base, the Administrative Agent may, with written notice to the Borrower, reduce the advance percentage used in clauses (b) and (c) from 85% to such lower percentage
as the Lender shall deem to be appropriate, provided that at no time will such percentage be reduced to less than 80% without the consent of the Borrower.. For the purposes of determining the Borrowing Base as of the end of each calendar month, an
Eligible Receivable may be treated as having been billed if the applicable Borrower is then entitled under the term of the contract or agreement with the applicable Customer to bill such Eligible Receivable and an appropriate invoice is delivered to
such Customer by the 20th day of the next succeeding calendar month; provided that in no event shall an Eligible
Receivable which has not been billed as of the date of any Borrowing Base Certificate be classified as an Eligible Billed Commercial Receivable or an Eligible Billed Government Receivable on such Borrowing Base Certificate. 
  
 “Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate of the Company
containing a computation of the Borrowing Base and certifying that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and otherwise substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. 
  
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other
day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to close under the laws of the State, and, with respect to the determination of LIBOR and the Index Rate, or if such day relates to a Borrowing of, a payment or prepayment of principal or
interest on, a conversion of or into, or an Interest Period for, a LIBOR Loan or a notice with respect to any of the foregoing, any day on which dealings in Dollars are carried on in the London interbank market. 
  

 5 

 “Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, with respect to any Person, the aggregate of all
expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries for the acquisition of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) which should be capitalized under GAAP on a
consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Capital Lease” means any lease that has been or should be capitalized on the books of the lessee in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation,
any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing. 
  

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or
issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank
deposits having maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not
less than $500,000,000; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) or P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), or carrying an equivalent
rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within six months from the date of acquisition; (d) repurchase obligations of any
Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government; (e) securities
with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory
or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s; (f) securities with
maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition; or (g) shares of money market mutual or
similar funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition. 
  
 “Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges” means, for any period, EBITDA for such period, minus Restricted Payments paid during such period,
minus income taxes paid in cash during such period, and minus Non-Financed Capital Expenditures for such period, all as determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP. 
  

 6 

 “Cash Management Swingline Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section
2.5(a). 
  
 “Change in Control” shall mean the
occurrence of one or more of the following events: (a) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person or
“group” (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder in effect on the date hereof), (b) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or
of record, by any Person or “group” (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof) of 20% or more of the outstanding shares of
the voting stock of the Company; or (c) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Company by Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the current board of directors or (ii) appointed by
directors so nominated. 
  
 “Change in Law” shall mean
(i) the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (ii) any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or application thereof, by any governmental authority after
the date of this Agreement, or (iii) compliance by any Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) or the Issuing Bank (or for purposes of Section 2.18(b), by such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if applicable) with any
request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement. 
  
 “Class,” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving
Loans, Swingline Loans or Term Loans and when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment, a Swingline Commitment or a Term Loan Commitment. 
  
 “Closing” means the initial disbursement of the Loans. 

 
 “Closing Date” means the date of the Closing. 
  
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time, and all regulations issued pursuant thereto. 
  
 “Collateral” means the following properties, assets and rights (if any) of each Borrower, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof: all personal and fixture
property of every kind and nature including without limitation all goods (including inventory, equipment and all accessions thereto), instruments (including promissory notes), documents, accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables),
chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), commercial tort claims, securities and all other investment property, supporting obligations,
any other contract rights or rights to the payment of money, insurance claims and proceeds, tort claims, and all general intangibles (including all payment intangibles and Intellectual Property). 
  

 7 

 “Commitment” shall mean a Revolving Commitment, a Swingline Commitment or a Term Loan
Commitment, or any combination thereof (as the context shall permit or require). 
  
 “Commitment Termination Date” shall mean the earliest of (i) December 31, 2006, (ii) the date on which the Revolving Commitments are terminated pursuant to Section 2.21 and (iii) the date on which all
amounts outstanding under this Agreement have been declared or have automatically become due and payable (whether by acceleration or otherwise), and any extension or extensions thereof granted by all of the Lenders. 
  
 “Company” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
preamble to this Agreement. 
  
 “Contingent Payment” and
“Contingent Payments” shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Stock Purchase Agreement. 
  
 “Contingent Payment Reserve” means, for each calendar month of the Company, $1,500,000, decreasing 50 cents for each dollar as of the end of
each calendar month to the extent of Contingent Payments made by the Company during each such calendar month pursuant to, and up to the limits described in, the Stock Purchase Agreement; provided, however, that the Contingent Payment Reserve shall
mean $0 at all times after the expiration of the period during which the Company is obligated to make Contingent Payments pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement. 
  
 “Covenant Compliance Certificate” means a certificate executed by a Principal Officer of the Company, in form and
substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent, containing a calculation of the financial covenants contained in Section 7 below and certifying that no Default or Event of Default has occurred, substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached
hereto. 
  
 “Customer” means any Person obligated to
make payments with respect to a Receivable or any other Collateral. 
  
 “Customer List” means a schedule of all Customers of the Borrowers, showing the address of each Customer and a listing of the active contracts between each Borrower and such Customer, which is otherwise in form and substance
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, however, in all cases, subject to exclusion of classified information. 
  
 “Debt” means, collectively, and includes, without duplication, with respect to any specified Person, (a) indebtedness or liability for borrowed
money (whether by loan, the issuance and sale of debt securities or the sale of assets to another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such assets from such Person) or for the deferred purchase
price of property or services; (b) obligations as a lessee under a Capital Lease or a Synthetic Lease; (c) obligations, contingent or otherwise, to reimburse the issuer of letters of credit or acceptances; (d) all guaranties, endorsements (other
than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) and other contingent obligations to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to invest in any other Person or otherwise to assure a creditor against 

  

 8 

 
loss; (e) obligations under Hedging Agreements; (f) obligations under any foreign exchange contract, currency swap or other similar agreements or
arrangements designed to protect that Person against fluctuations in currency values; (g) all preferred stock or similar equity interests issued by such Person which by the terms thereof could be (at the request of the holders thereof or otherwise)
subject to mandatory sinking fund payments, redemption or acceleration at any time during the term of this Agreement; (h) the amount of contingent obligations of such Person incurred in connection with acquisitions (including, without limitation,
obligations to make earnout payments or other contingent payments), in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, (i) obligations secured by any Lien on property owned by the specified Person, whether or not the obligations have been assumed, and
(j) Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities. The Debt of any Person shall include the Debt of any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, except to the extent that the terms of such Debt provide that such
Person is not liable therefor. 
  
 “Default” means any
condition or event that, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default. 
  
 “Default Interest” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(d). 
  
 “Disposition” means with respect to any assets, any sale, lease,
sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof; and the terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings. 
  
 “Dollars” and “$” means the lawful currency of the United States of America. 
  
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company organized
under the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States of America. 
  
 “EBITDA” means, for any period, (a) consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period plus, (b) to the extent deducted to determine such consolidated Net Income, the sum of (1) depreciation
expense, (2) Interest Expense, (3) amortization expense and (4) tax expense, less (c) to the extent added to determine such consolidated Net Income, extraordinary or unusual gains or other gains not incurred in the ordinary course of
business, unrealized gains on Hedging Agreements and revenues from discontinued operations, plus, (d) to the extent deducted to determine such consolidated Net Income, extraordinary or unusual losses or other losses not incurred in the
ordinary course of business, unrealized losses on Hedging Agreements and expenses from discontinued operations, less (e) to the extent added to determine such consolidated Net Income, interest payments accrued on loans and advances to
shareholders of the Company for which the Company has not received payment in cash, all of the foregoing as determined in accordance with GAAP, plus (f) for the first quarter of FY 2003, $227,523, plus (g) for the second quarter of FY
2003, $227,523, plus (h) for the third quarter of FY 2003, $182,107, plus (i) for the fourth quarter of FY 2003, $139,847. 
  
 “Eligible Billed Commercial Receivables” means an Eligible Billed Receivable that is not an Eligible Billed Government Receivable. 

 

 9 

 “Eligible Billed Government Receivables” means Eligible Billed Receivables arising out of a
Government Contract on which a Borrower is the prime contractor or subcontractor. 
  
 “Eligible Billed Receivables” means Eligible Receivables that have been billed to the appropriate Customer and are aged not greater than 90 days from the date of the initial invoice. For the purposes of this
definition, the term “initial invoice” shall mean the first invoice relating to the applicable goods shipped or services rendered, and not any subsequent invoice relating thereto. 
  
 “Eligible Receivables” means Receivables of a Borrower (a) that
represent valid obligations incurred by a Customer for software, goods or services licensed, shipped and delivered, installed or completed under valid contracts of license, sale, or service that have been formally awarded to a Borrower for which all
required contract documents have been executed by such Borrower and such Customer, and, if the Government is the Customer, for which funds have been appropriated and allocated; (b) that are due and payable not more than 30 days from the initial
invoice; (c) on which the Customer is not an Affiliate or Subsidiary of a Borrower; (d) with respect to which no Borrower has actual knowledge or written notice of any inability of the Customer to make full payment; (e) from the face amounts of
which have been deducted all payments, setoffs, amounts subject to adverse claims made in writing to a Borrower, contractual allowances, bad debt reserves and other credits applicable thereto; (f) that are subject to no Liens other than those
created or permitted by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (g) that continue to be in conformity in all material respects with the representations and warranties made by the Borrowers to the Lenders in this Agreement; (h) with respect to
which the Administrative Agent is and continues to be satisfied with the credit standing of the Customer; (i) on which the Customer is not a creditor of a Borrower; (j) on which the Customer is not a Foreign Customer, unless the Foreign
Customer’s obligations are secured by a letter of credit reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or the Administrative Agent gives written notice to the Company that it has determined, in its sole discretion, to permit such
Receivable to be included in the Borrowing Base if it otherwise is an Eligible Receivable, at such advance percentage as the Administrative Agent may elect in its sole discretion; (k) that are not subject to any material dispute; (l) with respect to
which the applicable software, goods or services have been accepted by the applicable Customer on an absolute sale basis and not on a bill and hold sale basis, a consignment sale basis, a guaranteed sale basis, a sale or return basis or on the basis
of any other similar understanding pursuant to which a Borrower would repurchase or accept a return of, or give a credit for, any such software, goods or services; (m) that are not subject to any contingencies, other than final audits of costs
incurred under Government Contracts; and (n) that do not arise out of advance or progress billings unless (i) the terms of the contract between a Borrower and the Customer provide for payment in advance for services to be rendered during the term of
the contract, and (ii) if the Customer’s obligation to make such payment is not refundable or subject to set off if such services are not performed; provided, however, and without limiting any other provisions of this Agreement
with respect to the exclusion of Receivables from the category of Eligible Receivables and the Borrowing Base, that (1) if the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that the collectibility of any Receivable makes it unacceptable for inclusion
in the Borrowing Base and gives written notice to the Company 

  

 10 

 
indicating the reasons for such determination, then, until such exception is remedied, such Receivable shall thereafter be excluded from the category of
Eligible Receivables; (2) if more than 50% of the aggregate face amount of Receivables owed by a Customer are aged more than 90 days, then, until such exception is remedied, all Receivables owed by such Customer shall be excluded from the category
of Eligible Receivables; (3) if the aggregate face amount of Receivables owed by a Customer that are more than 90 days past due exceeds 10% of total billed Receivables, then all Receivables owed by such Customer, at the Administrative Agent’s
option, shall be excluded from the category of Eligible Receivables; (4) unless the same are properly due and payable by the Customer within a normal 90-day billing cycle, Eligible Receivables shall not include any Receivable representing or arising
out of retainages, holdbacks, revenues recognized or costs incurred in excess of approved or allowed reimbursement rates, cost overruns, unauthorized work or work beyond the scope of a contract, rebillings (other than rebillings to correct a mistake
and which do not result in a change of the original invoice date of the applicable Receivable) or contracts under which the applicable Borrower’s performance is secured by a surety bond; (5) if reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, a
Material IP Receivable shall not be an Eligible Receivable unless the applicable Intellectual Property, and an appropriately completed Intellectual Property Assignment with respect thereto, shall be duly registered and filed with the United States
Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office, as applicable; and (6) Receivables of a Subsidiary shall not become Eligible Receivables until such Subsidiary becomes a Borrower in accordance with Section 8.3 of this Agreement.

  
 “Environmental Laws” shall mean all laws, rules,
regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by or with any governmental authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of
natural resources, the management, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material or to human health and safety matters. 
  
 “Environmental Liability” shall mean any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental
investigation and remediation, costs of administrative oversight, fines, natural resource damages, penalties or indemnities), of any Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) any actual or alleged violation
of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) any actual or alleged exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any
Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing. 
  
 “Equity Issuance” means any issuance or sale by a Person of its Capital Stock or other similar equity security, or
any warrants, options or similar rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such Capital Stock or other similar equity security, for cash, excluding the issuance of Capital Stock by any Subsidiary to another Subsidiary or
to the Company, and excluding any such securities or rights issued by the Company as incentive or bonus compensation pursuant to incentive or bonus plans for directors, officers and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries approved by the
Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). 
  

 11 

 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to
time, and all regulations issued pursuant thereto. 
  
 “Event
of Default” means any of the events specified as an “Event of Default” under this Agreement, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

  
 “Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries” means any Foreign
Subsidiary in respect of which either the pledge of all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary, or the business assets of such Subsidiary, are not required by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders as Collateral. 
  
 “Excluded Taxes” shall mean with respect to the Administrative
Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of a Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of
America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its Applicable Lending Office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by
the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which any Lender is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender, any withholding tax that (i) is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time
such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, (ii) is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at any time that such Foreign Lender designates a new lending office, other than taxes that have accrued prior to the designation of
such lending office that are otherwise not Excluded Taxes, and (iii) is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.20(a). 
  
 “Existing Agreement” means the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2001, between the Company and SunTrust Bank, as amended by the
Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June     , 2003, between the Company and SunTrust Bank, as otherwise amended, modified or supplemented through the date hereof. 
  
 “Existing Letters of Credit” means those letters of credit listed
on Schedule 1 attached hereto. 
  
 “Facility”
means each of (a) the Term Loan Commitments and the Term Loans made thereunder, and (b) the Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). 
  
 “Federal Funds Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum
(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight
Federal funds transactions with member banks of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the next succeeding Business Day or if such rate is not so published for any
Business Day, the Federal 

  

 12 

 
Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100th of 1% of the quotations for such day on such transactions
received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent. 
  
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, for each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of each fiscal quarter of the
Company, the ratio of (a) Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges for such period to (b) Fixed Charges for such period. The foregoing shall be determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP. 

 
 “Fixed Charges” shall mean, for the Company and its Subsidiaries
for any period, the sum (without duplication) of (a) Interest Expense for such period (provided that for each fiscal quarter of FY 2003, Interest Expense shall be deemed to be the greater of actual Interest Expense or $266,000), and (b) current
maturities of long-term Debt, including Capital Leases, as of the end of such period and payable over the next succeeding period of four fiscal quarters. 
  
 “Foreign Customer” means a Customer that is a foreign government, an entity organized under the laws of a country other than the United States
or an individual who is not a United States citizen. 
  
 “Foreign Lender” shall mean any Lender that is not a United States person under Section 7701(a)(3) of the Code. 
  
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary. 
  
 “Funded Debt” means, for any Person, the sum of the consolidated
Debt of such Person and its Subsidiaries, without duplication, for (a) borrowed money, (b) the deferred purchase price of property or services, (c) obligations under repurchase agreements, (d) Capital Lease obligations, (e) the aggregate implied
principal amount of Synthetic Lease obligations of such Person calculated in accordance with applicable federal income tax laws and regulations, (f) the amount of any outstanding Debt Guaranteed, (g) contingent or matured reimbursement obligations
for letters of credit issued for the account of such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person, (h) all preferred stock or similar equity interests issued by such Person which by the terms thereof could be (at the request of the holders thereof or
otherwise) subject to mandatory sinking fund payments, redemption or acceleration at any time during the term of this Agreement, (i) the maximum amount of contingent obligations of such Person incurred in connection with acquisitions (including,
without limitation, obligations to make earnout payments) that are required to be reflected as liabilities in accordance with GAAP, and (j) any Debt incurred in the context of a partnership or a joint venture in which such Person or any Subsidiary
of such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer except to the extent that the terms of such Debt provide that such Person is not liable therefor, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  

 13 

 “Funded Debt Ratio” means, at any time, the ratio of (a) consolidated Funded Debt of the
Company and its Subsidiaries then outstanding, to (b) consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended, or, if such determination is being made at the end of a fiscal quarter of the
Company, for the period of four fiscal quarters then ended. 
  
 “FY 2003” means the fiscal year of the Company ending on December 31, 2003. 
  
 “GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. 
  
 “Government” means the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof. 
  
 “Government Contract” means any contract with the Government under
which a Borrower is a prime contractor or a subcontractor. 
  
 “Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) shall mean any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any
other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly and including any obligation, direct or indirect, of the guarantor (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of)
such Debt or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Debt or
other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Debt or other obligation or (d)
as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued in support of such Debt or obligation; provided, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposits in the ordinary
course of business. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which Guarantee is made or, if not so stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably
anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances
or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other
substances or wastes of any nature the use, storage or disposal of which is regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law. 
  
 “Hedging Agreement” means interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements,
currency future or option contracts, commodity agreements and other similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates, currency values or commodity values. 
  

 14 

 “Indemnified Taxes” shall mean Taxes other than Excluded Taxes. 
  
 “Index Rate” shall mean that rate per annum effective on any Index
Rate Determination Date which is equal to the quotient of: 
  
 (i) the rate per annum equal to the offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars for a one (1) month period, which rate appears on that page of Bloomberg reporting service, or such similar service as determined by the Lender, that displays
British Bankers’ Association interest settlement rates for deposits in U.S. Dollars, as of 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the Index Rate Determination Date; provided, that if no such offered rate appears
on such page, the rate used for such period will be the per annum rate of interest determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which U.S. dollar deposits for such period, are offered to the Administrative Agent in the London Inter-Bank
Market as of 11:00 A.M. (London, England time), on the day which is two (2) Business Days prior to the Index Rate Determination Date, divided by 
  
 (ii) a percentage equal to 1.00 minus the maximum reserve percentages (including any emergency, supplemental, special or other marginal reserves)
expressed as a decimal (rounded upward to the next 1/100th of 1%) in effect on any day to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to any Index Rate Loan pursuant to regulations issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “eurocurrency liabilities” under Regulation D). This percentage will be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

  
 “Index Rate Determination Date” shall mean the
Closing Date and the first Business Day of each calendar month thereafter. 
  
 “Index Rate Borrowing” and “Index Rate Loan” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bears interest at a rate
determined by reference to the Index Rate. 
  
 “Intellectual
Property” means all copyrights (whether registered or unregistered), copyright registrations, trademarks, servicemarks, patents, patent applications and licenses to use any of the foregoing. 
  
 “Intellectual Property Assignment” means a Collateral Assignment,
Patent Mortgage and Security Agreement, relating to Material IP Agreements, in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Interest Expense” means, for any period, the sum of the following,
determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP: (a) all interest in respect of Debt (including the interest component of any payments in respect of 

  

 15 

 
Capital Leases and Synthetic Leases) accrued or capitalized during such period, plus (b) the net amount payable (or minus the net amount receivable) under
any Hedging Agreement during such period. 
  
 “Interest
Period” shall mean (i) with respect to any LIBOR Borrowing, a period of one, two, three or six months, and (ii) with respect to a Swingline Loan, a period of such duration not to exceed five days, as the Company may request and the Swingline
Lender may agree in accordance with Section 2.5; provided, that: 
  
 (i) the initial Interest Period for such Borrowing shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of another Type) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in
respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires; 
  
 (ii) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next
succeeding Business Day, unless, in the case of a LIBOR Borrowing, such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period would end on the next preceding Business Day; 
  
 (iii) any Interest Period in respect of a LIBOR Borrowing
which begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month; 

 
 (iv) each principal installment of the Term Loans shall
have an Interest Period ending on each installment payment date and the remaining principal balance (if any) of the Term Loans shall have an Interest Period determined as set forth above; and 
  
 (v) no Interest Period may extend beyond the Commitment
Termination Date, the Maturity Date or the Swingline Termination Date, as the case may be. 
  
 “Issuing Bank” shall mean SunTrust Bank or any other Lender, each in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.6. 
  
 “LC Commitment” shall mean that portion of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments that may be used by the Borrowers
for the issuance of Letters of Credit in an aggregate face amount not to exceed $1,000,000. 
  
 “LC Disbursement” shall mean a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of a Letter of Credit. 
  

 16 

 “LC Documents” shall mean each Letter of Credit Agreement, the Letters of Credit and all other
applications, agreements and instruments executed and delivered by any Borrower relating to the Letters of Credit. 
  
 “LC Exposure” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (i) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time,
plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrowers at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender shall be its Revolving Credit Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

  
 “Lenders” shall have the meaning assigned to such
term in the preamble to this Agreement, and shall include, where appropriate, the Swingline Lender; it being expressly understood and agreed that the Swingline Lender shall not be included with respect to any determination of Required Revolving
Credit Facility Lenders and/or Required Lenders. 
  
 “Letters
of Credit” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to Section 2.6 by the Issuing Bank for the account of any Borrower, pursuant to the LC Commitment, whether now outstanding or issued after the date of this Agreement. 
  
 “Letter of Credit Agreement” means, collectively and individually,
each standard form of Application and Agreement for Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit, to be executed and delivered by the Borrowers to the Issuing Bank in connection with each Letter of Credit, as any of the same may be amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “LIBOR” means, with
respect to any LIBOR Loan for any Interest Period, the rate per annum obtained by dividing (i) Fixed LIBOR for such Interest Period (rounded upwards to the next 1/100th of 1%) by (ii) a percentage equal to 1.00 minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage. For purposes hereof, the term “Fixed LIBOR” shall
mean, for any applicable Interest Period with respect to any LIBOR Loan, the rate per annum for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to such Interest Period appearing on the display designated as Page 3750 on the Dow Jones Markets Service (or such
other page on that service or such other service designated by the British Banker’s Association for the display of such Association’s Interest Settlement Rates for Dollar deposits) as of 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on the day that is
two Business Days prior to the first day of the Interest Period or if such Page 3750 is unavailable for any reason at such time, the rate which appears on the Reuters Screen ISDA Page as of such date and such time; provided, that if the
Administrative Agent determines that the relevant foregoing sources are unavailable for the relevant Interest Period, LIBOR shall mean the rate of interest determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to
the nearest 1/100th of 1%) of the rates per annum at which deposits in Dollars are offered to the Administrative
Agent two (2) Business Days preceding the first day of such Interest Period by leading banks in the London interbank market as of 10:00 a.m. for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period, for the number of days comprised therein and in an
amount comparable to the amount of the LIBOR Loan of the Administrative Agent. “Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” shall mean the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including, without limitation, any emergency, 

  

 17 

 
supplemental, special or other marginal reserves) expressed as a decimal (rounded upwards to the next 1/100th of 1%) in effect on any day to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to LIBOR pursuant to regulations issued by the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System (or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions) with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “eurocurrency liabilities” under Regulation D). LIBOR Loans shall be deemed
to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D. The Eurodollar Reserve
Percentage shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage. The Administrative Agent’s determination of Fixed LIBOR and the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage shall be conclusive and binding on
the Company, its Subsidiaries and the Lenders absent manifest error. 
  
 “LIBOR Borrowing” and “LIBOR Loan” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bears interest at a rate determined by reference to LIBOR (other
than an Index Rate Loan or an Index Rate Borrowing). 
  
 “Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), or preference, priority or other security agreement, or preferential
arrangement, escrow agreement, charge or encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any Capital Lease, any Synthetic Lease and the filing of any financing
statement under the UCC or comparable law of any jurisdiction to evidence any of the foregoing). 
  
 “Loan Documents” means this Agreement, each Notice of Borrowing, each Revolving Note, each Term Note, each Assumption Agreement, each
Intellectual Property Assignment, each Letter of Credit Agreement, each LC Document, each Hedging Agreement between any Borrower and the Administrative Agent or any Lender or the Issuing Bank or any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or any
Lender or the Issuing Bank, any Mortgage and any other document now or hereafter executed or delivered in connection with the Obligations, in evidence thereof or as security therefor, including, without limitation, any life insurance assignment,
pledge agreement, security agreement, interest rate swap agreement or similar agreement, deed of trust, mortgage, guaranty, promissory note or subordination agreement. 
  
 “Loans” means all Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Term Loans in the aggregate or any of them, as the context
may require, to be made by the Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement. 
  
 “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations, prospects or condition, financial or
otherwise, of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Company or any Subsidiary to perform its obligations under any Loan Document, (c) the rights of or benefits available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing
Bank and the Lenders under any Loan Document, or (d) the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents. 
  

 18 

 “Material Contract” means any contract or other arrangement (other than the Loan Documents),
whether written or oral, to which a Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party (a) requiring payments by any party thereto of more than 5% per annum of the annual consolidated gross revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries, or (b) as to which the
breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew by any party thereto could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  
 “Material IP Agreement” means any contract or agreement between a Borrower and a Customer providing for the sale or licensing to such Customer
of Intellectual Property owned by such Borrower and subject or entitled to United States copyright, patent or trademark protection, unless such sale or license is ancillary to other goods or services provided under such contract or agreement.

  
 “Material IP Receivable” means any Receivable
arising out of a Material IP Agreement to the extent that the aggregate face amount of all such Receivables then outstanding pursuant to such agreement exceeds $250,000. 
  
 “Maturity Date” shall mean, with respect to the Term Loans, the earlier of (a) December 31, 2006, or (b) the date
on which the principal amount of all outstanding Term Loans have been declared or automatically have become due and payable (whether by acceleration or otherwise). 
  
 “Minimum Compliance Level” means Net Worth of $10,000,000 as of the Closing Date, adjusted upwards (a) by
$1,500,000 increases to Tangible Net Worth as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, plus (b) as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company by an amount equal to 60% of (i) the Net Cash Proceeds of any Equity Issuance, and (ii) the
fair market value, as determined in accordance with GAAP, of any non-cash proceeds of any Equity Issuance, received by the Company or any Subsidiary during such fiscal quarter. 
  
 “Mortgage” means a mortgage or deed of trust made by any Borrower in favor of, or for the benefit of, the
Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 
  
 “Net Income” means, for any Person for any period, the consolidated
gross revenues of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period less all consolidated operating and non-operating expenses (including taxes) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

  
 “Net Cash Proceeds” means (a) in connection with any
Asset Sale or any Recovery Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment
receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received) 

  

 19 

 
of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, professional advisors’ fees, amounts
required to be applied to the repayment of Debt secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset which is the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a Loan Document) and other customary fees and
expenses actually incurred in connection therewith and net of taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) and (b) in
connection with any issuance or sale of equity securities or debt securities or instruments or the incurrence of loans, the cash proceeds received from such issuance or incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, professional
advisors’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith. 
  
 “Net Worth” means, at any time, amounts that would be included under stockholders’ equity on the consolidated
balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Non-Financed Capital Expenditures” means, for any Person, Capital Expenditures other than those financed within 30 days after incurrence with long-term Debt (other than Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans)
incurred by such Person, or pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction. 
  
 “Notes” shall mean, collectively, the Revolving Notes, the Swingline Note and the Term Notes. 
  
 “Notice of Borrowing” shall mean a written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) constituting a request for a Revolving
Loan Borrowing or a Swingline Loan, containing the specific requirements of Sections 2.3, 2.5 or 2.8, as the case may be. 
  
 “Notice of Conversion/Continuation” shall mean the notice given by the Company to the Administrative Agent in respect of the conversion or
continuation of an outstanding Borrowing as provided in Section 2.10(b) hereof. 
  
 “Obligations” means (a) the Loans, the LC Disbursements, the Revolving Notes, the Term Notes, the Letter of Credit Agreements, all indebtedness and obligations of a Borrower under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, and all other Debt and obligations of a Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender (including the Swingline Lender) arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, now existing or hereafter arising,
of every kind and description, direct or indirect, fixed or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, due or to become due, secured or unsecured, joint, several or joint and several, as amended, modified, renewed, extended or increased from time to
time, including without limitation, all principal, interest (including any interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Borrowers, whether
or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), (b) any overdrafts in any deposit account maintained by a Borrower with the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including the Swingline Lender), (c) any
obligations 

  

 20 

 
arising under any Hedging Agreements between a Borrower and the Administrative Agent or any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, (d) any obligations under
any purchasing card or credit card account established for a Borrower by the Administrative Agent or any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, (e) any obligations of a Borrower arising under any agreement between a Borrower and the Administrative
Agent or any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent relating to foreign exchange transactions, (f) all reimbursement obligations, fees, expenses, indemnification and reimbursement payments, costs and expenses (including all fees and expenses of
counsel to the Administrative Agent and any Lender) incurred pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (g) all obligations and liabilities incurred in connection with collecting and enforcing the foregoing, together with all
renewals, extensions, or modifications thereof. 
  
 “Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities” of any Person shall mean (i) any repurchase obligation or liability of such Person with respect to accounts or notes receivable sold by such Person, (ii) any liability of such Person under any sale
and leaseback transactions which do not create a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, (iii) any liability of such Person under any Synthetic Lease transaction, or (iv) any obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is
the functional equivalent of or takes the place of borrowing but which does not constitute a liability on the balance sheet of such Person. 
  
 “Other Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar
levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document. 
  
 “Payment Office” means the office of the Administrative Agent located at 303 Peachtree Street, N.E.,
25th Floor, Atlanta, Georgia 30308, or such other location as to which the Administrative Agent shall have given
written notice to the Company and the other Lenders. 
  
 “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental authority, limited liability company or other entity of whatever nature.

  
 “Primary Operating Account” means any deposit
account or controlled disbursement account on which the Company draws to pay all or substantially all of its operating expenses. 
  
 “Prime Rate” means the rate of interest established and announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent and recorded in its Central
Credit Administration Division as its Prime Rate, it being understood and agreed that the Prime Rate is used as a reference for fixing the lending rate on commercial loans and is not necessarily the lowest or most favorable rate of interest charged
by the Administrative Agent on such loans. The Administrative Agent may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above or below its Prime Rate. Each change in the Administrative Agent’s Prime Rate shall be effective from
and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective. 
  

 21 

 “Principal Officer” means the President or the Vice President of Finance of the Company or any
Subsidiary. 
  
 “Property” means any right or interest
in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Capital Stock. 
  
 “Purchase Price Refund” means any amount in excess of $50,000 received by the Company or any Subsidiary as a result of a purchase price
adjustment or similar event in connection with any acquisition or Disposition by the Company or any Subsidiary. 
  
 “Receivables” means all rights to payments for property sold or licensed or for services rendered, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by
the Company or any Subsidiary. 
  
 “Recovery Event”
means any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $150,000 in the aggregate during any fiscal year of
the Company. 
  
 “Reinvestment Deferred Amount” means
with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay the Term Loans or reduce the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section
2.23(c) as a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment Notice. 
  
 “Reinvestment Event” means any Asset Sale, Purchase Price Refund or Recovery Event in respect of which a Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice. 
  
 “Reinvestment Notice” means a written notice executed by a Principal Officer stating that no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing and that the Company (directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary) intends and expects to use all or a specified portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale, Purchase Price Refund or Recovery Event to
acquire equipment or other fixed assets useful in its business and of the same or similar type as the assets subject to such Asset Sale, Purchase Price Refund or Recovery Event. 
  
 “Reinvestment Prepayment Amount” means with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount
relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire equipment or other fixed assets useful in the business of the Company (directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary) and of the same or similar
type as the assets subject to such Reinvestment Event. 
  
 “Reinvestment Prepayment Date” means with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) the date occurring six months after such Reinvestment Event and (b) the date on which a Borrower shall have determined not to, or
shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire assets useful in the Borrower’s business with all or any portion of the relevant Reinvestment Deferred Amount. 
  

 22 

 “Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit,
disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into the environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or within any building, structure, facility or fixture. 
  
 “Required Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Lenders holding more
than 66 2/3% of the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders. 
  
 “Required Revolving Credit Facility Lenders” means, prior to any
termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments, the holders of more than 66 2/3% of the Aggregate Revolving
Credit Commitments. 
  
 “Restricted Payment”
means (a) the declaration or payment of a dividend by the Company to its shareholders on any class of the Company’s Capital Stock, or any payment by any Borrower on account of, or setting apart assets of any Borrower for a sinking or other
analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of, any shares of Capital Stock of the Company now or hereafter outstanding, or (b) any payment by any Borrower on account of, or setting apart assets of any
Borrower for a sinking fund or other analogous fund designated for, the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition by any Borrower of, any options, warrants, or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, whether now or
hereafter outstanding, or (c) the making of any other distribution by reduction of capital or otherwise in respect of any shares of the Capital Stock of the Company, or (d) the making of any loan or advance to any shareholder of the Company.

  
 “Revolving Commitment” shall mean, with respect to
each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Revolving Loans to the Borrowers and to participate in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the amount set forth with respect to such Lender on the
signature pages to this Agreement, or in the case of a Person becoming a Lender after the Closing Date, the amount of the assigned “Revolving Commitment” as provided in an assignment and acceptance agreement, acceptable in form and
substance to the Administrative Agent, executed by such Person as an assignee. 
  
 “Revolving Credit Exposure” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans, such Lender’s LC Exposure and such
Lender’s Swingline Exposure. 
  
 “Revolving Credit
Lender” means each Lender that has a Revolving Commitment or is the holder of Revolving Credit Exposure. 
  
 “Revolving Credit Percentage” means as to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment
then constitutes of the aggregate Revolving Commitments (or, at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate
principal amount of the Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders then outstanding). 
  

 23 

 “Revolving Loan” shall mean a loan made by a Lender (other than the Swingline Lender) to the
Borrowers under its Revolving Commitment, which may either be a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Loan. 
  
 “Revolving Note” means a promissory note payable to the order of a requesting Revolving Credit Lender, in form and substance acceptable to the
Administrative Agent and the requesting Revolving Credit Lender, in the principal amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Commitment, and evidencing the joint and several obligations of the Borrowers to repay the Revolving Loans made
by such Revolving Credit Lender, together with interest thereon, and all extensions, renewals, modifications and amendments of such note, made in accordance with the terms hereof. 
  
 “State” means the Commonwealth of Virginia. 
  
 “Stock Purchase Agreement” means the agreement between the Company, SES and the shareholders of all of the
Acquired Stock, pursuant to which the Company agrees to purchase all of such Acquired Stock, together with all amendments to such agreement. 
  
 “Subsidiary” as to any Person, means a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares
of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other
managers of such entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a
“Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company. 
  
 “Swingline Commitment” shall mean the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount at any time
outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000, or such other amount as may be mutually agreed upon by the Borrowers and the Swingline Lender. 
  
 “Swingline Exposure” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the principal amount of the Swingline Loans with respect to which such Lender is
legally obligated either to make a Base Rate Loan or to purchase a participation in accordance with Section 2.5, which shall equal such Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of all outstanding Swingline Loans. 
  
 “Swingline Lender” shall mean SunTrust Bank, or any other Lender
that may agree to make Swingline Loans hereunder. 
  
 “Swingline Loan” shall mean a loan made to the Borrowers by the Swingline Lender under the Swingline Commitment. 
  
 “Swingline Note” shall mean the promissory note of the Borrowers payable to the order of the Swingline Lender in the principal amount of the
Swingline Commitment. 
  

 24 

 “Swingline Termination Date” shall mean the earliest of (i) December 31, 2006, (ii) the date on
which the Revolving Commitments are terminated pursuant to Section 2.21 and (iii) the date on which all amounts outstanding under this Agreement have been declared or have automatically become due and payable (whether by acceleration or otherwise)
and any extension or extensions thereof granted by the Required Lenders. 
  
 “Synthetic Lease” means any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product where the transaction is considered Debt for borrowed money
for federal income tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP for financial reporting purposes. 
  
 “Tangible Net Worth” means, at any time, amounts that would be included under redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ equity on the
consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries (excluding the effect of any write-up or write-down in the market value of any Hedging Agreement), provided that, in any event, such amounts are to be net of amounts carried on the books
of the Company and its Subsidiaries for (1) any write-up in the book value of any assets of a Borrower resulting from a revaluation subsequent to the date of this Agreement, (2) investments in non-marketable debt or equity securities, (3) treasury
stock, (4) unamortized debt discount expense, (5) any cost of investments in excess of net assets acquired at any time of acquisition, (6) loans, advances or other amounts owed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, by any of its officers,
directors, shareholders, employees or Affiliates, (7) leasehold improvements, (8) patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, goodwill, research and development costs, organizational expenses, capitalized software costs and
other like intangibles, and (9) any accrued and unpaid dividends. 
  
 “Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any governmental authority. 
  
 “Term Loan” has the meaning assigned to such term in as defined in Section 2.7. 
  
 “Term Loan Commitment” means as to any Lender, the obligation of
such Lender, if any, to make a Term Loan to the Borrowers hereunder in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth with respect to such Lender on the signature pages to this Agreement. The original aggregate amount of the Term Loan
Commitments is $14,000,000. 
  
 “Term Loan Lender” means
each Lender that has a Term Loan Commitment or is the holder of a Term Loan. 
  
 “Term Loan Percentage” means as to any Term Loan Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Term Loan Commitments (or, at any time
after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding). 
  

 25 

 “Term Loan Reserve” shall mean $233,000 as of January 31, 2004, and increasing on the last day
of each calendar month thereafter by $233,000 per month, provided, however, that at no time shall the Term Loan Reserve exceed the aggregate amount of the outstanding Term Loans. 
  
 “Term Note” means a promissory note payable to the order of a
requesting Term Loan Lender, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the requesting Term Loan Lender, in the principal amount of such Term Loan Lender’s Term Loan Commitment, and evidencing the joint and several
obligations of the Borrowers to repay the Term Loan made by such Term Loan Lender, together with interest thereon, and all extensions, renewals, modifications and amendments of such note, made in accordance with the terms hereof. 
  
 “Transaction” means the acquisition by the Company of the Acquired
Stock, as provided in the Transaction Documents. 
  
 “Transaction Documents” means the Stock Purchase Agreement and all other documents, agreements, instruments or certificates referred to therein, or relating to or governing the Transaction, and all schedules, exhibits, appendices
and addenda thereto, or related in any manner to the acquisition of the Acquired Stock. 
  
 “Type,” when used in reference to a Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to LIBOR, the Index Rate or
the Base Rate. 
  
 “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial
Code as adopted in the State, and all amendments thereto. 
  
 “Unbilled Receivables” means all Receivables that (a) represent components of unbilled costs and estimated profits arising out of work actually performed by a Borrower under the terms of a valid and binding contract with a
Customer, and (b) may be included as current assets on the balance sheet of the Borrowers in accordance with GAAP, even though such amounts have not yet been billed to such Customer. 
  
 “Unused Fee” shall mean the applicable quarterly fee corresponding to the Funded Ratio set forth below, as
calculated by the Administrative Agent, as applied in accordance with Section 2.13(b). The applicable Unused Fee on the Closing Date shall be 0.35%. The Unused Fee will be adjusted on a quarterly basis in accordance with the table set forth below:

  

				
	 Funded Debt Ratio

	  	 Applicable Unused Fee
 Percentage

	 
	 Less than or equal to 1.50 to 1.
	  	0.20	%
	 Greater than 1.50 to 1, and less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.
	  	0.25	%
	 Greater than 2.00 to 1, and less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.
	  	0.30	%
	 Greater than 2.50 to 1
	  	0.35	%

  

 26 

 The Unused Fee will be adjusted to the percentage corresponding to the applicable Funded Debt Ratio, in
effect as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Company. The adjustment will become effective as of the first day of the calendar month next succeeding delivery to the Administrative Agent of the Company’s financial statements for the
last month of each fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 5.8. No decrease in the Unused Fee shall become effective if, at such time, any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. If the Company’s financial statements are not
delivered to the Administrative Agent within the specified time periods, the Unused Fee may be increased, at the option of the Administrative Agent, to the highest applicable percentage from the date on which the statements were due through the next
adjustment date. 
  
 For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be
classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Loan” or “Term Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “LIBOR Loan”, “Index Rate Loan” or “Base Rate Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., “Revolving
LIBOR Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., “Revolving Loan Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., “LIBOR Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., “Revolving LIBOR Borrowing”). 

 
 SECTION 2. Loans. 
  
 2.1 Loans and Letters of Credit. Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, (a) the Revolving Credit Lenders hereby establish in favor of the Borrowers a revolving credit facility pursuant to which the Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree (to the extent of each Revolving Credit
Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage up to such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Commitment) to make Revolving Loans to the Borrowers in accordance with Section 2.2; (b) the Issuing Bank agrees to issue Letters of Credit for the account
of the Borrowers in accordance with Section 2.6; (c) the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans in accordance with Section 2.4; (d) each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to purchase a participation interest in the Letters of Credit
and the Swingline Loans pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof; provided, that in no event shall the aggregate amount of Revolving Credit Exposure exceed at any time the Aggregate Revolving Commitments from time to time in effect; and
(e) each Term Loan Lender severally agrees to make a Term Loan to the Borrowers in a principal amount not exceeding such Term Loan Lender’s Term Loan Commitment on the Closing Date. 
  
 2.2 Revolving Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Revolving Credit Lender
severally agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrowers, from time to time until the Commitment Termination Date in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding that will not result in (a) such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving
Credit Exposure exceeding such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Commitment, (b) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Exposure outstanding exceeding the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments, or (c) the aggregate amount of the
Revolving Credit Exposure outstanding exceeding the Borrowing Base. 
  

 27 

 2.3 Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowings. The Company, on behalf of the Borrowers, shall
give the Administrative Agent a Notice of Borrowing with respect to each Revolving Loan Borrowing (x) prior to 11:00 a.m. one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of each Base Rate Borrowing or Index Rate Borrowing and (y) prior to 11:00
a.m. three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of each LIBOR Borrowing. Each Notice of Borrowing under this Section shall be irrevocable and shall specify: (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Revolving Loan Borrowing, (ii) the date
of such Revolving Loan Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the Type of the Revolving Loans comprising such Borrowing, (iv) in the case of a LIBOR Borrowing, the duration of the initial Interest Period applicable thereto (subject to the
provisions of the definition of Interest Period), and (v) at the option of the Administrative Agent, shall be accompanied by a current Borrowing Base Certificate and a current Aging Report. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10(e), each
Revolving Loan Borrowing shall consist entirely of Base Rate Loans, Index Rate Loans or LIBOR Loans, as the Company may request, provided, that on the Closing Date all Revolving Loans shall be Index Rate Loans. Promptly following the receipt
of a Notice of Borrowing in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Revolving Credit Lender of the details thereof and the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Loan to be made as part of the
requested Revolving Loan Borrowing. If required by the Administrative Agent, any request made by telephone shall include all of the information required by a current Borrowing Base Certificate and a current Aging Report. Each Borrower appoints the
Company as its agent to request and receive the proceeds of the Revolving Loans on behalf of all Borrowers. The Company agrees to distribute the proceeds of the Revolving Loans among the Borrowers when and as needed by the Borrowers for working
capital. Revolving Loans may be requested by those individuals designated by the Company from time to time in written instruments delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that the Borrowers shall remain liable with
respect to any Revolving Loan disbursed by any Lender in good faith hereunder, even if such Revolving Loan is requested by an individual who has not been so designated. The proceeds of each Revolving Loan will be credited to a deposit account
maintained with the Administrative Agent by the Company. The Company agrees to confirm in writing from time to time, when and as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the purpose for which the proceeds of each Revolving Loan were used.
Any loans and letters of credit made or issued pursuant to the Existing Agreement and outstanding on the Closing Date, shall be deemed to be outstanding Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit, respectively, under this Agreement. Subject to the
foregoing, the Existing Agreement and any and all notes, agreements and security documents regarding such Existing Agreement, related thereto, or governing or securing the obligations or indebtedness of any Borrower thereunder, are hereby released
and terminated and are of no further force and effect. 
  
 2.4
Swingline Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrowers, from time to time from the Closing Date to the Swingline Termination Date, in an aggregate
principal amount outstanding at 

  

 28 

 
any time not to exceed the lesser of (i) the Swingline Commitment then in effect and (ii) the difference between the Aggregate Revolving Commitments and the
aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures of all Revolving Credit Lenders; provided, that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan; and further provided, that no Swingline Loan will be
disbursed by the Swingline Lender if, after such disbursement the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure outstanding would exceed the Borrowing Base then in effect. The Borrowers shall be entitled to borrow, repay and reborrow Swingline Loans in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 
  
 2.5 Procedure for Swingline Borrowing. 
  
 (a) The Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Company from time to time in accordance with the treasury and cash management services and products provided to the Company by the Swingline Lender
(the “Cash Management Swingline Loans”). For other Swingline Loans, the Company, on behalf of the Borrowers, shall give the Administrative Agent a Notice of Borrowing with respect to each Swingline Loan prior to 10:00 a.m. on the requested
date of each Swingline Borrowing. Each Notice of Borrowing under this Section shall be irrevocable and shall specify: (i) the principal amount of such Swingline Loan, (ii) the date of such Swingline Loan (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the
Type of such Swingline Loan and (iv) the account of the Company to which the proceeds of such Swingline Loan should be credited. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of each such request and the details thereof. Each
Cash Management Swingline Loan shall be made initially as an Index Rate Loan, and each other Swingline Loan shall be made as a Base Rate Loan or an Index Rate Loan. The Swingline Lender will make the proceeds of each Swingline Loan available to the
Borrowers in Dollars in immediately available funds at the account specified by the Company in the applicable request not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested date of such Swingline Loan. The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders on a
quarterly basis if any Swingline Loans occurred during such quarter. 
  
 (b) The Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole discretion, may, on behalf of the Borrowers (which hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Swingline Lender to act on its behalf), give a Notice of
Borrowing with respect to Revolving Loans to the Administrative Agent and the Company requesting the Revolving Credit Lenders (including the Swingline Lender) to make Base Rate Loans in an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of any Swingline
Loan. Each Revolving Credit Lender will make the proceeds of its Base Rate Loan included in such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender in accordance with Section 2.9, which will be used solely for
the repayment of such Swingline Loan. 
  
 (c) If for any
reason a Base Rate Borrowing may not be (as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent), or is not, made in accordance with the foregoing provisions, then such Swingline Loan shall automatically be converted to a Base Rate Loan,
upon notice from the Swingline Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Company, and each Revolving Credit Lender (other than the Swingline Lender) shall purchase an undivided 

  

 29 

 
participating interest in such Swingline Loan in an amount equal to its Revolving Credit Percentage thereof on the date that such Base Rate Borrowing should
have occurred. On the date of such required purchase, each Revolving Credit Lender shall promptly transfer, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participating interest to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender.
 
  
 (d) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s
obligation to make a Base Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.5(b) or to purchase the participating interests pursuant to Section 2.5(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including without limitation (i)
any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Revolving Credit Lender or any other Person may have or claim against the Swingline Lender, any Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the existence of a
Default or an Event of Default or the termination of any Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Commitment, (iii) the existence (or alleged existence) of any event or condition which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Revolving Credit Lender or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the
foregoing. If such amount is not in fact made available to the Swingline Lender by any Revolving Credit Lender, the Swingline Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Revolving Credit Lender, together with accrued interest
thereon for each day from the date of demand thereof at the Federal Funds Rate. Until such time as such Revolving Credit Lender makes its required payment, the Swingline Lender shall be deemed to continue to have outstanding Swingline Loans in the
amount of the unpaid participation for all purposes of the Loan Documents. In addition, such Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to have assigned any and all payments made of principal and interest on its Loans and any other amounts due to it
hereunder, to the Swingline Lender to fund the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s participation interest in such Swingline Loans that such Revolving Credit Lender failed to fund pursuant to this Section, until such amount has been
purchased in full. 
  
 2.6 Letters of Credit.

  
 (a) Until the Commitment Termination Date, the
Issuing Bank, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.6(d), agrees to issue, at the request of the Company, Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers on the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth; provided, that (i) each Letter of Credit shall expire on the earlier of (A) the date one year after the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (or in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such
renewal or extension) and (B) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date (except pursuant to a clause whereby the Issuing Bank is entitled to terminate the Letter of Credit on an annual basis by giving prior
written notice to the beneficiary thereof in accordance with the written terms of such Letter of Credit); (ii) each Letter of Credit shall be in a stated amount of at least $25,000; and (iii) the Borrowers may not request any Letter of Credit, if,
after giving effect to such issuance (A) the aggregate LC Exposure would exceed the LC Commitment, (B) the aggregate LC Exposure, plus the aggregate outstanding Revolving Loans of all Revolving Credit 

  

 30 

 
Lenders would exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments then in effect, or (c) the outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Borrowing Base.
Upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Issuing Bank without recourse a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such
Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Each issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to utilize the Revolving Commitment of each Revolving Credit
Lender by an amount equal to the amount of such participation. 
  
 (b) To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or any amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Company shall give the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent irrevocable written notice at least
five (5) Business Days prior to the requested date of such issuance specifying the date (which shall be a Business Day) such Letter of Credit is to be issued (or amended, extended or renewed, as the case may be), the expiration date of such Letter
of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. In addition to the satisfaction of the
conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement, the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or any amendment which increases the amount of such Letter of Credit) will be subject to the further conditions that such Letter of Credit shall be
in such form and contain such terms as the Issuing Bank shall approve and that the Borrowers shall have executed and delivered any Letter of Credit Agreement relating to such Letter of Credit as the Issuing Bank shall reasonably require; provided,
that in the event of any conflict between such Letter of Credit Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control. 
  
 (c) At least two Business Days prior to the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by
telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received such notice and if not, the Issuing Bank will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the Issuing Bank has received notice from the Administrative Agent on or
before the Business Day immediately preceding the date the Issuing Bank is to issue the requested Letter of Credit (1) directing the Issuing Bank not to issue the Letter of Credit because such issuance is not then permitted hereunder because of the
limitations set forth in Section 2.6(a) or (2) that one or more of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 8 of this Agreement are not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Bank shall, on the requested
date, issue such Letter of Credit in accordance with the Issuing Bank’s usual and customary business practices. 
  
 (d) The Issuing Bank shall examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit promptly following its
receipt thereof. The Issuing Bank shall notify the Company and the Administrative Agent of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make a LC Disbursement thereunder; provided, that any failure to give or delay in
giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrowers of their obligations to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to such LC Disbursement. The Borrowers shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated to 

  

 31 

 
reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursements paid by the Issuing Bank in respect of such drawing upon the Issuing Bank’s written demand therefor,
but otherwise without presentment, demand or other formalities of any kind. Unless the Company shall have notified the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. on the Business Day immediately prior to the date on which drawing
is honored that the Borrowers intend to reimburse the Issuing Bank for the amount of such drawing in funds other than from the proceeds of Revolving Loans, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have timely given a Notice of Borrowing to the
Administrative Agent requesting the Revolving Credit Lenders to make a Base Rate Borrowing on the date on which such drawing is honored in an exact amount due to the Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Revolving Credit Lenders of
such Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.3, and each Revolving Credit Lender shall make the proceeds of its Base Rate Loan included in such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank in accordance with
Section 2.9. The proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied directly by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for such LC Disbursement.  
  
 (e) If for any reason a Base Rate Borrowing may not be (as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrative
Agent), or is not, made in accordance with the foregoing provisions, then each Revolving Credit Lender (other than the Issuing Bank) shall be obligated to fund the participation that such Revolving Credit Lender purchased pursuant to subsection (a)
in an amount equal to its Revolving Credit Percentage of such LC Disbursement on and as of the date which such Base Rate Borrowing should have occurred. Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to fund its participation shall be
absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including without limitation (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Revolving Credit Lender or any other Person may have against the
Issuing Bank or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the existence of a Default or an Event of Default or the termination of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the
Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, (iv) any breach of this Agreement by any Borrower or any other Revolving Credit Lender, (v) any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or (vi) any other circumstance, happening or event
whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. On the date that such participation is required to be funded, each Revolving Credit Lender shall promptly transfer, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participation to the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank. Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Bank has received from any such Revolving Credit Lender the funds for its participation in a LC Disbursement, the Issuing Bank (or the Administrative
Agent on its behalf) receives any payment on account thereof, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, will distribute to such Revolving Credit Lender its Revolving Credit Percentage of such payment; provided, that if
such payment is required to be returned for any reason to a Borrower or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or similar official in any bankruptcy proceeding, such Revolving Credit Lender will return to the Administrative Agent or the
Issuing Bank any portion thereof previously distributed by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank to it. 
  

 32 

 (f) To the extent that any Revolving Credit Lender shall fail to pay any amount required to be
paid pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section 2.6 on the due date therefor, such Revolving Credit Lender shall pay interest to the Issuing Bank (through the Administrative Agent) on such amount from such due date to the date such payment is made at
a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate; provided, that if such Revolving Credit Lender shall fail to make such payment to the Issuing Bank within three (3) Business Days of such due date, then, retroactively to the due date, such
Revolving Credit Lender shall be obligated to pay interest on such amount at the rate for Default Interest. 
  
 (g) If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Company receives notice from the Administrative Agent or
the Required Lenders demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrowers shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, an
amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided, that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately
due and payable, without demand or notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrowers described in Sections 9.1(h) or 9.1(i). Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the
payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on
the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrowers’ risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest and profits, if any, on such
investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it had not been reimbursed and to the extent so applied, shall be held for
the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrowers for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, with the consent of the Required Lenders, be applied to satisfy other obligations of the
Borrowers under this Agreement. If the Borrowers are required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not so applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the
Borrowers with three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived. 
  
 (h) Promptly following the end of each fiscal quarter, the Issuing Bank shall deliver (through the Administrative Agent) to each Lender and the Company a report describing the aggregate Letters of Credit
outstanding at the end of such fiscal quarter. Upon the request of any Lender from time to time, the Issuing Bank shall deliver to such Lender any other information reasonably requested by such Lender with respect to each Letter of Credit then
outstanding. 
  
 (i) The Borrowers’ obligations to
reimburse LC Disbursements hereunder shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be performed strictly in accordance 

  

 33 

 
with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of any of the following circumstances: 
  
 (1) Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of
Credit or this Agreement; 
  
 (2) The existence
of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which a Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons or entities for whom any such
beneficiary or transferee may be acting), any Lender (including the Issuing Bank) or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement or the Letter of Credit or any document related hereto or thereto or any unrelated transaction;

  
 (3) Any draft or other document presented
under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; 
  
 (4) Payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document to the Issuing Bank that does
not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; 
  
 (5) Any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the
Borrowers’ obligations hereunder; or 
  
 (6)
The existence of a Default or an Event of Default. 
  
 (j)
Neither the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Lenders nor any Affiliate of any of the foregoing shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any
payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to above), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or
relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided, that the
foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrowers to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers to the extent
permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrowers that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts or other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The
parties hereto expressly agree, that in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in
each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to 

  

 34 

 
documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole
discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are
not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit. 
  
 (k) Each Letter of Credit shall be subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500, as the same may be amended from time to time, and, to the
extent not inconsistent therewith, the governing law of this Agreement set forth in Section 11.5. 
  
 (l) Each Existing Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a Letter of Credit issued by SunTrust Bank as the Issuing Bank on the Closing Date.

  
 2.7 Term Loan Commitments. Subject to the terms
and conditions set forth herein, each Term Loan Lender severally agrees to make a term loan (each, a “Term Loan”) to the Borrowers on the Closing Date in a principal amount not to exceed the Term Loan Commitment of such Term Loan Lender;
provided, that if for any reason the full amount of such Term Loan Lender’s Term Loan Commitment is not fully drawn on the Closing Date, the undrawn portion thereof shall automatically be cancelled. Subject to the provisions of Section
2.10(e), the Term Loans may be, from time to time, Base Rate Loans, Index Rate Loans or LIBOR Loans or a combination thereof; provided, that on the Closing Date all Term Loans shall be Index Rate Loans. The execution and delivery of this
Agreement by the Borrowers and the satisfaction of all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute the request of the Company and the other Borrowers to borrow the Term Loans on the Closing Date.

  
 2.8 Procedure for Borrowing Term Loans. The
Company, on behalf of the Borrowers, shall give the Administrative Agent a Notice of Borrowing with respect to the Term Loans prior to 10:00 a.m. one Business Day prior to the Closing Date. Such Notice of Borrowing under this Section shall be
irrevocable and shall specify: (i) the principal amount of each such Term Loan, and (ii) the account of the Company to which the proceeds of such Term Loan should be credited. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Term Lenders of such
request and the details thereof. 
  
 2.9 Funding of
Borrowings. 
  
 (a) Each Lender will make
available each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer in immediately available funds by 11:00 a.m. to the Administrative Agent at the Payment Office; provided that the Swingline Loans will be made as set
forth in Section 2.5. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrowers by promptly crediting the amounts that it receives, in like funds by the close of business on such proposed date, to an account maintained by the Company
with the Administrative Agent or at the Company’s option, by effecting a wire transfer of such amounts to an account designated by the Company to the Administrative Agent. 
  

 35 

 (b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to 5:00 p.m. one
(1) Business Day prior to the date of a Borrowing in which such Lender is participating that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such
Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date, and the Administrative Agent, in reliance on such assumption, may make available to the Borrowers on such date a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is
not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender on the date of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with interest at the Federal
Funds Rate for up to two (2) days and thereafter at the rate specified for such Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly
notify the Company, and the Borrowers shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent together with interest at the rate specified for such Borrowing. Nothing in this subsection shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from
its obligation to fund its pro rata share of any Borrowing hereunder or to prejudice any rights which the Borrowers may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder. 
  
 (c) No Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender
in its obligations hereunder, and each Lender shall be obligated to make its Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to make its Loans hereunder. 
  
 2.10 Interest Elections. 
  
 (a) On the Closing Date, each Borrowing shall be an Index Rate Loan.
After the Closing Date, each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Notice of Borrowing, and in the case of a LIBOR Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Notice of Borrowing. Thereafter,
the Borrowers may elect to convert such Borrowing into a different Type or to continue such Borrowing, and in the case of a LIBOR Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrowers may elect different
options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be
considered a separate Borrowing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at no time shall the total number of LIBOR Borrowings outstanding exceed eight and the aggregate principal amount of each LIBOR Borrowing shall be not less than $2,000,000 or a larger
multiple of $1,000,000, and the aggregate principal amount of each Base Rate Borrowing and each Index Rate Borrowing shall not be less than $1,000,000 or a larger multiple of $100,000; provided, that Base Rate Loans and Index Rate Loans made
pursuant to Section 2.5 or Section 2.6(d) may be made in lesser amounts as provided therein. If a Notice of Borrowing does not specify a Type, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have requested an Index Rate Borrowing with respect to Swingline Loans,
and a Base Rate Borrowing with respect to any other Loans. 
  

 36 

 (b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Company shall give the Administrative Agent
prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing (a “Notice of Conversion/Continuation”) that is to be converted or continued, as the case may be, (x) prior to 10:00 a.m. one (1) Business Day
prior to the requested date of a conversion into a Base Rate Borrowing and (y) prior to 11:00 a.m. three (3) Business Days prior to a continuation of or conversion into a LIBOR Borrowing. Each such Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall be
irrevocable and shall specify (i) the Borrowing to which such Notice of Continuation/Conversion applies and if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof that are to be allocated to each
resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing); (ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Notice of Continuation/Conversion,
which shall be a Business Day, (iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be a Base Rate Borrowing, an Index Rate Borrowing or a LIBOR Borrowing; and (iv) if the resulting Borrowing is to be a LIBOR Borrowing, the Interest Period applicable thereto
after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of “Interest Period.” If any such Notice of Continuation/Conversion requests a LIBOR Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, the
Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month. 
  
 (c) If, on the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of any LIBOR Borrowing, the Company shall have failed to deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation when required by Section 2.10(b), then, unless
such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing to a Base Rate Borrowing. No Borrowing may be converted into, or continued as, a LIBOR Borrowing if a Default or an Event of Default
exists, unless the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders shall have otherwise consented in writing. No conversion of any LIBOR Loans shall be permitted except on the last day of the Interest Period in respect thereof. 
  
 (d) Upon receipt of any Notice of Conversion/Continuation, the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing. 
  
 (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions or any other provision of this Agreement (1) as long as the SunTrust Bank is the only Lender, the
Borrowers shall not have the right to obtain LIBOR Loans or LIBOR Borrowings, and all Loans made shall be Base Rate Loans or Index Rate Loans, unless SunTrust Bank otherwise agrees in writing, and unless the Company otherwise specifies in a Notice
of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, all Loans shall be Index Rate Loans, (2) if there is more than one Lender, the Borrowers shall not have the right to obtain Index Rate Loans, and, unless all of the Lenders otherwise agree in
writing, each Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Loan, and (3) if there is more than one Lender, and if all Lenders have agreed to make Index Rate Loans, then, unless all of the Lenders otherwise agree in writing, the Borrowers shall not have
the right to obtain LIBOR Loans, and, absent such agreement, each Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan or an Index Rate Loan. 
  

 37 

 2.11 Repayment of Loans. 
  
 (a) The outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans shall be due and payable (together with accrued and
unpaid interest thereon) on the Commitment Termination Date. 
  
 (b) The principal amount of each Swingline Borrowing shall be due and payable on the Swingline Termination Date.  
  
 (c) The Borrowers unconditionally promise to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Term Loan Lender the then unpaid principal
amount of the Term Loans of such Term Loan Lender in equal consecutive monthly installments due on the first day of each calendar month, beginning February 1, 2004, with each such principal installment being equal to 1/60th of the original aggregate amount of the Term Loan Commitments. Amounts prepaid with respect to the Term Loans may not be
reborrowed. To the extent not previously paid, the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Term Loans, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date. 
  
 2.12 Interest on Loans. The Borrowers shall pay interest on the
unpaid principal amount of each Loan from the date of such Loan until such principal amount shall be paid in full, on each Interest Payment Date and on the Commitment Termination Date, the Swingline Termination Date or the Maturity Date, as the case
may be, at the following rates per annum: 
  
 (a)
During such periods as such Loan is an Index Rate Loan, at a rate per annum equal to the Index Rate plus the relevant Applicable Margin in effect from time to time. The interest rate on Index Rate Loans shall be established based on the Index
Rate in effect on the first Index Rate Determination Date, and shall be adjusted on each Index Rate Determination Date thereafter to reflect the Index Rate then in effect. 
  
 (b) During such periods as such Loan is a Base Rate Loan, a rate per annum equal at all times to the Base Rate plus
the relevant Applicable Margin in effect from time to time. The rate at which interest accrues on the unpaid principal balance of the Base Rate Loans shall be changed effective as of the date of any change in the Base Rate. 
  
 (c) During such periods as such Loan is a LIBOR Loan, at a rate per
annum equal to the LIBOR for the applicable Interest Period plus the relevant Applicable Margin in effect from time to time. The applicable LIBOR shall remain in effect until the end of the applicable Interest Period. 
  
 (d) While an Event of Default exists or after acceleration, the
Borrowers shall pay interest (“Default Interest”) with respect to all LIBOR Loans at the rate otherwise applicable for the then-current Interest Period plus an additional 2% per annum until the last day of such Interest Period, and
thereafter, and with respect to all other Obligations hereunder, at the rate then in effect for Base Rate Loans, plus an additional 2% per annum. 
  

 38 

 (e) Interest on the principal amount of all Loans shall accrue from and including the date such
Loans are made to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof. Interest on all outstanding Base Rate Loans and Index Rate Loans shall be payable monthly in arrears on the last day of each calendar month and on the Commitment Termination Date,
the Swingline Termination Date or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Interest on all outstanding LIBOR Loans shall be payable on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto, and, in the case of any LIBOR Loans having an Interest
Period in excess of three months, on each day which occurs every three months, after the initial date of such Interest Period, and on the Commitment Termination Date or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Interest on any Loan which is converted
into a Loan of another Type or which is repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such conversion or on the date of any such repayment or prepayment (on the amount repaid or prepaid) thereof. All Default Interest shall be payable on
demand. 
  
 (f) The Administrative Agent shall
determine each interest rate applicable to the Loans hereunder and shall promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of such rate in writing (or by telephone, promptly confirmed in writing). Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for
all purposes, absent manifest error. 
  
 2.13 Fees.

  
 (a) The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative
Agent and the Arranger, for their own respective accounts, fees in the amounts and at the times previously agreed upon in writing by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent and the Arranger. 
  
 (b) The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the
account of each Revolving Credit Lender the applicable Unused Fee, which shall accrue at the percentage applicable from time to time based on the Funded Debt Ratio of the Company and its Subsidiaries on the daily amount of the unused Revolving
Commitment of such Lender until the Commitment Termination Date; provided, that if such Lender is a Revolving Credit Lender and continues to have any Revolving Credit Exposure after the Commitment Termination Date, then the Unused Fee shall continue
to accrue at the percentage then applicable on the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s unused Revolving Commitment from and after the Commitment Termination Date through and including the date that all of such Revolving Credit
Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure has been paid in full. Accrued Unused Fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December of each year and on the Commitment Termination Date, commencing on the first
such date after the Closing Date; provided further, that any Unused Fees accruing after the Commitment Termination Date shall be payable on demand. For purposes of computing unused fees with respect to the Revolving Commitments, the Revolving
Commitment of each Lender shall be deemed used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure of such Lender. 
  
 (c) The Borrowers agree to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender, a letter of credit fee with
respect to its participation in each Letter of Credit, which shall accrue at the Applicable Margin then applicable to Revolving 

  

 39 

 
LIBOR Loans, on the average daily amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC
Disbursements) attributable to such Letter of Credit during the period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to but excluding the date on which such Letter of Credit expires or is drawn in full (including without
limitation any LC Exposure that remains outstanding after the Commitment Termination Date) and (ii) to the Issuing Bank for its own account a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.25% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC
Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) attributable to such Letter of Credit during the period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to but excluding the date on which such
Letter of Credit expires or is drawn in full (including without limitation any LC Exposure that remains outstanding after the Commitment Termination Date), as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to issuance, amendment, renewal
or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Accrued letter of credit and fronting fees shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on March 31, 2004,
and on the Commitment Termination Date (and if later, the date the LC Exposure shall be repaid in its entirety). The Borrowers shall pay fees on the Existing Letters of Credit in accordance with the foregoing terms from the Closing Date, and within
two Business Days after the Closing Date, SunTrust Bank, as the Issuing Bank, will refund to the Company the unearned portion of any prepaid fees paid to it with respect to the Existing Letters of Credit, determined on the basis of the number of
days remaining in the periods for which such fees were prepaid. 
  
 2.14 Computation of Interest and Fees. All computations of interest and fees hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day)
occurring in the period for which such interest or fees are payable (to the extent computed on the basis of days elapsed). Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest amount or fee hereunder shall be made in good faith and, except
for manifest error, shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes. 
  
 2.15 Evidence of Indebtedness. 
  
 (a) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice appropriate records evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to
time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable thereon and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall maintain appropriate records in which shall be recorded (i) the Revolving Commitment
and Term Loan Commitment of each Lender, (ii) the amount of each Loan made hereunder by each Lender, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (iii) the date of each continuation thereof pursuant to Section 2.10, (iv)
the date of each conversion of all or a portion thereof to another Type pursuant to Section 2.10, (v) the date and amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder in
respect of such Loans and (vi) both the date and amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrowers in respect of the Loans and each Lender’s pro rata share thereof. The entries made in such 

  

 40 

 
records shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrowers therein recorded; provided, that the
failure or delay of any Lender or the Administrative Agent in maintaining or making entries into any such record or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrowers to repay the Loans (both principal and unpaid
accrued interest) of such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 
  
 (b) At the request of any Lender (including the Swingline Lender) at any time, each Borrower agrees that it shall execute and deliver to such Lender a Revolving Note and/or a Term Note and, in the case of the
Swingline Lender only, a Swingline Note, payable to the order of such Lender, in the applicable amount of such Lender’s Commitment. 
  
 2.16 Inability to Determine Interest Rates. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for any LIBOR Borrowing or on the Index Rate
Determination Date for any Index Rate Borrowing, 
  
 (1) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant interbank market, adequate means do not exist for
ascertaining LIBOR for such Interest Period or the Index Rate on such Index Rate Determination Date, or 
  
 (2) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from any Lender that the applicable LIBOR or the Index Rate, as applicable, does
not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lender of making, funding or maintaining its, as the LIBOR Loans for such Interest Period or its Index Rate Loans, as applicable, 
  
 the Administrative Agent shall give written notice (or telephonic notice, promptly confirmed in writing) to the Company and to the Lenders
as soon as practicable thereafter. In the case of LIBOR Loans, until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) the obligations of the Lenders to make
LIBOR Loans or Index Rate Loans or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into LIBOR Loans or Index Rate Loans shall be suspended and (ii) all such affected LIBOR Rate Loans shall be converted into Base Rate Loans on the last day of the then
current Interest Period applicable thereto, and all Index Rate Loans shall automatically be converted to Base Rate Loans, unless, in either case, the Borrowers prepay such Loans in accordance with this Agreement. Unless the Company notifies the
Administrative Agent at least one Business Day before the date of any LIBOR Revolving Loan Borrowing for which a Notice of Borrowing as to such Revolving Loan Borrowing has previously been given that the Borrowers elect not to borrow on such date,
then such Revolving Loan Borrowing shall be made as a Base Rate Borrowing. 
  
 2.17 Illegality. If any Change in Law shall make it unlawful or impossible for any Lender to make, maintain or fund any LIBOR Loan or Index Rate Loan and such Lender shall so notify the Administrative
Agent, the Administrative Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to the Company and the other Lenders, whereupon until such Lender notifies the Administrative 

  

 41 

 
Agent and the Company that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the obligation of such Lender to make LIBOR Loans and Index Rate
Loans, or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into LIBOR Loans or Index Rate Loans, shall be suspended. In the case of the making of a LIBOR Revolving Loan Borrowing or Index Rate Revolving Loan Borrowing, such Lender’s Revolving
Loan shall be made as a Base Rate Loan as part of the same Revolving Loan Borrowing and if the affected LIBOR Loan or Index Rate Loan is then outstanding, such Loan shall be converted to a Base Rate Loan either (i) on the last day of the then
current Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Loan if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Loan to such date or (ii) immediately if such Lender shall determine that it may not lawfully continue to maintain such LIBOR Loan to such
date, and immediately in the case of an Index Rate Loan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the affected Lender shall, prior to giving such notice to the Administrative Agent, designate a different Applicable Lending Office if such designation would
avoid the need for giving such notice and if such designation would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender in the good faith exercise of its discretion. 
  
 2.18 Increased Costs. 
  
 (a) If any Change in Law shall: 
  
 (1) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement that is not
otherwise included in the determination of LIBOR or the Index Rate hereunder against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Index Rate or LIBOR) or the
Issuing Bank; or 
  
 (2) impose on any Lender or
on the Issuing Bank or the eurodollar interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or any Index Rate Loans or LIBOR Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or any participation therein; 
  
 and the result of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting
into, continuing or maintaining an Index Rate Loan or a LIBOR Loan or to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in or issuing any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount received or receivable by such Lender or the
Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then the Borrowers shall promptly pay, upon written notice from and demand by such Lender on the Company (with a copy of such notice and demand to the Administrative
Agent), to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender, within five Business Days after the date of such notice and demand, the additional amount or amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be,
for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered. 
  
 (b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have determined that on or after the date of this Agreement any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such
Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital (or on the 

  

 42 

 
capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s parent company) as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter
of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s parent company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing
Bank’s policies or the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s parent company with respect to capital adequacy) then, from time to time, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Company of written demand by such
Lender (with a copy thereof to the Administrative Agent), the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s parent company for any such
reduction suffered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the affected Lender shall, prior to giving such notice to the Administrative Agent, designate a different Applicable Lending Office if such designation would avoid the need for giving demand
hereunder and if such designation would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender in the good faith exercise of its discretion. 
  
 (c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or
such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s parent company, as the case may be, specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, and the calculation thereof, shall be delivered to the Company (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) and shall
be conclusive, absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay any such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such amount or amounts within 10 days after receipt thereof. 
  
 (d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section
shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation. 
  
 2.19 Funding Indemnity. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of a LIBOR Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period
applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion or continuation of a LIBOR Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or (c) the failure by the Borrowers to borrow, prepay,
convert or continue any LIBOR Loan on the date specified in any applicable notice (regardless of whether such notice is withdrawn or revoked), then, in any such event, the Borrowers shall compensate each Lender, within five (5) Business Days after
written demand from such Lender, for any loss, cost or expense attributable to such event. In the case of a LIBOR Loan, such loss, cost or expense shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (A) the
amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such LIBOR Loan if such event had not occurred at LIBOR applicable to such LIBOR Loan for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest
Period therefor (or in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan) over (B) the amount of interest that would accrue on the principal amount of such LIBOR Loan
for the same period if LIBOR were set on the date such LIBOR Loan was prepaid or converted or the date on which the Borrowers failed to borrow, convert or continue such LIBOR Loan. A certificate as to any additional amount payable under this Section
submitted to a Borrower by any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. 
  

 43 

 2.20 Taxes. 
  
 (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrowers hereunder shall be made free and clear
of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided, that if the Borrowers shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary
so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank (as the case may be) shall receive an amount equal to the sum it
would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrowers shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrowers shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant governmental authority in accordance with applicable law. 
  
 (b) In addition, the Borrowers shall pay any Other Taxes to the
relevant governmental authority in accordance with applicable law. 
  
 (c) The Borrowers shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Bank, within five (5) Business Days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the
Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrowers hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or
attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by
the relevant governmental authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrowers by a Lender or the Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the Issuing
Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. 
  
 (d) As
soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrowers to a governmental authority, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such governmental
authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (e) Any Foreign Lender that becomes a party to this Agreement and that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction
of withholding tax under the Code or any treaty to which the United States is a party with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by
applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrowers as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, each Foreign Lender agrees that it will deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (or in the case 

  

 44 

 
of a Participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased), as appropriate, two (2) duly completed copies of (i)
Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 ECI, or any successor form thereto, certifying that the payments received from the Borrowers hereunder are effectively connected with such Foreign Lender’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States;
or (ii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 BEN, or any successor form thereto, certifying that such Foreign Lender is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party which reduces the rate of withholding tax on
payments of interest; or (iii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 BEN, or any successor form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, together with a certificate (A) establishing that the payment to the Foreign Lender qualifies as “portfolio
interest” exempt from U.S. withholding tax under Code section 871(h) or 881(c), and (B) stating that (1) the Foreign Lender is not a bank for purposes of Code section 881(c)(3)(A), or the obligation of a Borrower hereunder is not, with
respect to such Foreign Lender, a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business, within the meaning of that section; (2) the Foreign Lender is not a 10% shareholder of a Borrower within the meaning of Code section
871(h)(3) or 881(c)(3)(B); and (3) the Foreign Lender is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to a Borrower within the meaning of Code section 881(c)(3)(C); or (iv) such other Internal Revenue Service forms as may be applicable to
the Foreign Lender, including Forms W-8 IMY or W-8 EXP. Each such Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent such forms on or before the date that it becomes a party to this Agreement (or in the case of a Participant,
on or before the date such Participant purchases the related participation). In addition, each such Foreign Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Foreign Lender. Each
such Foreign Lender shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent at any time that it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to the Borrowers (or any other form of
certification adopted by the Internal Revenue Service for such purpose). Each Foreign Lender agrees to indemnify and hold the Borrowers harmless from any United States taxes, penalties, interest and other expenses, losses or costs incurred or
payable as a result of the Borrowers’ reliance on the forms and certificates delivered by such Foreign Lender pursuant to this Section 2.20(e). For any period for which a Foreign Lender has failed to provide the forms and certifications
contemplated by this Section 2.20(e), such Foreign Lender shall not be entitled to indemnification under Section 2.20 for any Indemnified Taxes imposed by the United States which would not have been imposed but for the failure of such Foreign Lender
to provide such forms. 
  
 2.21 Optional Reduction and
Termination of Commitments. 
  
 (a) Unless
previously terminated, all Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the Commitment Termination Date, except that the Swingline Commitment shall terminate on the Swingline Termination Date. The Term Loan Commitments shall terminate on the Closing
Date upon the making of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.6. 
  
 (b) Upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) from the Company to the Administrative Agent (which 

  

 45 

 
notice shall be irrevocable), the Borrowers may reduce the Aggregate Revolving Commitments in part or terminate the Aggregate Revolving Commitments in whole;
subject to the payment of the premium described in Section 2.24, provided, that (i) any partial reduction shall apply to reduce proportionately and permanently the Revolving Commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender, (ii) any partial
reduction pursuant to this Section 2.21 shall be in an amount of at least $5,000,000 and any larger multiple of $1,000,000, and (iii) no such reduction shall be permitted which would reduce the Aggregate Revolving Commitments to an amount less than
the outstanding Revolving Credit Exposures of all Revolving Credit Lenders. Any such reduction in the Aggregate Revolving Commitments shall result in a proportionate reduction (rounded to the next lowest integral multiple of $100,000) in the
Swingline Commitment and the LC Commitment. 
  
 2.22
Optional Prepayments. The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, subject to the payment of the premium described in Section 2.24, by giving irrevocable written notice
(or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent no later than (i) in the case of prepayment of any LIBOR Borrowing, 11:00 a.m. not less than three (3) Business Days prior to any such prepayment, (ii) in the case of
any prepayment of any Base Rate Borrowing or Index Rate Borrowing, not less than one Business Day prior to the date of such prepayment, and (iii) in the case of Swingline Borrowings, prior to 11:00 a. m. on the date of such prepayment, provided that
no notice shall be required for the prepayment of any Cash Management Swingline Loans. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the proposed date of such prepayment and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be
prepaid. Upon receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender of the contents thereof and of such Lender’s pro rata share of any such prepayment. If such notice is given, the aggregate amount
specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date designated in such notice, together with accrued interest to such date on the amount so prepaid in accordance with Section 2.12(e); provided, that if a LIBOR Borrowing is prepaid
on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrowers shall also pay all amounts required pursuant to Section 2.19. Each partial prepayment of any Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be in an amount that
would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Loan Borrowing of the same Type pursuant to Section 2.2 or in the case of a Swingline Loan pursuant to Section 2.4. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans
comprising such Borrowing, and in the case of a prepayment of a Term Loan Borrowing, to principal installments in inverse order of maturity. 
  
 2.23 Mandatory Prepayments and Commitment Reductions. 
  
 (a) Upon the occurrence of any Equity Issuance by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (1) until such time as the
Term Loans shall have been repaid in full, all Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such issuance toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and the Revolving Loans as set forth in Section 2.23(d);
and (2) thereafter, an amount equal to 60% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such issuance toward the prepayment of the Revolving Loans as set forth in Section 2.23(d). 
  

 46 

 (b) Upon the incurrence of any Debt (as specified in clauses (a) and (j) of the definition
thereof) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding any Obligations), an amount equal to 75% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such incurrence toward the prepayment of the
Term Loans and the Revolving Loans as set forth in Section 2.23(d). 
  
 (c) If on any date the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale, Purchase Price Refund or Recovery Event then, unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof (within
ten (10) Business Days after such Asset Sale, Purchase Price Refund or Recovery Event), such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied on the 11th Business Day following such Asset Sale, Purchase Price Refund or Recovery Event toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and the reduction of the Revolving Commitments as set forth in Section 2.23(d); provided, that,
notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales and Recovery Events that may be excluded from the foregoing requirement pursuant to a Reinvestment Notice shall not exceed $150,000 in any fiscal year of the Company;
and (ii) on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event shall be applied toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and the reduction of the Revolving
Commitments as set forth in Section 2.23(d). 
  
 (d)
Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.23(a) and 2.23(b) shall be applied first, to the prepayment of the Term Loans, and second, to the prepayment of the Revolving Loans, but not the
reduction of the Revolving Commitments. Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments and Commitment reductions made pursuant to Section 2.23(c) shall be applied, first, to the prepayment of the Term Loans and, second, to reduce
permanently the Revolving Commitments. Any such reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be accompanied by prepayment of the Revolving Credit Exposure to the extent, if any, that the Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the amount of the Aggregate
Revolving Commitments as so reduced, provided that if the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Exposure then outstanding is less than the amount of such excess (because LC Exposure constitutes a portion thereof), the Borrowers
shall, to the extent of the balance of such excess, replace outstanding Letters of Credit and/or deposit an amount in cash in a cash collateral account established with the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders on terms and
conditions satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The application of any prepayment pursuant to this Section shall be made, first, to Base Rate Loans and, second, to LIBOR Loans. Each prepayment of the Loans under this Section
(except in the case of Revolving Credit Loans that are Base Rate Loans and Swing Line Loans) shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid. 
  
 (e) To the extent that the aggregate amount of outstanding Revolving
Credit Exposure exceeds the Borrowing Base at any time, and upon the Administrative Agent’s demand 

  

 47 

 
therefor, the Borrowers shall pay such excess amount by first prepaying the Revolving Loans, next prepaying amounts paid by the Issuing Bank under the
Letters of Credit for which it has not been reimbursed by the Borrowers, and then providing cash collateral for the Letters of Credit, as specified below. In the event that the Borrowers shall be required to provide cash collateral for the Letters
of Credit pursuant to the foregoing sentence, the Borrowers shall effect the same by paying to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Bank, immediately available funds in an amount equal to the required amount, which funds shall be
retained by the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Bank, in a cash collateral account until the earlier to occur of (1) the date the affected Letters of Credit shall have been terminated or cancelled, and (2) the date the Revolving
Credit Exposure no longer exceeds the Borrowing Base, at which time the cash collateral shall be paid to the Company. 
  
 2.24 Call Premium. Each optional termination in full of the Revolving Commitments and each optional prepayment in respect of the Revolving
Credit Exposure and Term Loans financed directly or indirectly with one or more credit facilities provided by any Person or Persons other than all of the Revolving Credit Lenders and Term Loan Lenders party to this Agreement at the time of such
termination or prepayment, shall be accompanied by a prepayment premium equal to (i) if such prepayment is made on or prior to the date that is six months after the Closing Date, 0.50% of the sum of the outstanding principal balance of the Term
Loans and the original Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount, prior to any reduction or termination thereof, (ii) if such prepayment is made after the date that is six months after the Closing Date and on or prior to the first anniversary to the
Closing Date, 0.25% of the sum of the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans and the original Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount, prior to any reduction or termination thereof, and (iii) if such prepayment is made after the first
anniversary of the Closing Date and on or prior to the date that is 18 months after the Closing Date, 0.15% of the sum of the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans and the original Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount, prior to any
reduction or termination thereof. 
  
 2.25 Payments
Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs. 
  
 (a) Each borrowing by the Borrowers from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the Borrowers on account of any Unused Fee or Letter of Credit Fee (other than the fronting fee payable solely to the Issuing Bank) and any reduction of
the Revolving Commitments of the Lenders shall be made pro rata according to the respective Term Loan Percentages or Revolving Credit Percentages, as the case may be, of the relevant Lenders. Each payment (other than prepayments) in
respect of principal or interest in respect of the Loans and each payment in respect of fees payable hereunder shall be applied to the amounts of such obligations owing to the Lenders pro rata according to the respective amounts then
due and owing to the Lenders. 
  
 (b) Each mandatory
prepayment required by Section 2.23(a) through 2.23(c) to be applied to Term Loans shall be allocated pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans. Each optional prepayment in respect of the Term
Loans 

  

 48 

 
shall be allocated pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans. Each payment (including each
prepayment) of the Term Loans shall be allocated among the Term Loan Lenders holding such Term Loans pro rata based on the principal amount of such Term Loans held by such Term Loan Lenders. Prepayments shall be applied to the
installments of such Term Loans in the inverse order of the scheduled maturities of such installments. Amounts prepaid on account of the Term Loans may not be reborrowed. 
  
 (c) Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrowers on account of principal of and interest on the
Revolving Credit Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Credit Loans then held by the Revolving Credit Lenders. Each payment in respect of LC Disbursements in respect of
any Letter of Credit shall be made to the Issuing Bank that issued such Letters of Credit. 
  
 (d) The Borrowers shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC
Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Sections 2.18, 2.19 or 2.20, or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may,
in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at the Payment Office,
except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.18, 2.19 and 2.20 and 11.3 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The
Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day,
the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be made payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars.

  
 (e) If at any time insufficient funds are received by
and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder,
ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties
entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties. 
  
 (f) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest
on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans that would result in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans
and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase 

  

 49 

 
(for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so
that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans;
provided, that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without
interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for
the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions
of this paragraph shall apply). Each Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against
the Borrowers rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of a Borrower in the amount of such participation. 
  
 (g) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Company prior to the date on which any
payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers have made such payment on such date in
accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount or amounts due. In such event, if the Borrowers have not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders
or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount
is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with generally accepted banking industry rules on
interbank compensation then in effect. 
  
 (h) If any
Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Sections 2.5(b), 2.6(c) or 2.6(d), 2.7, 2.25(e) or 11.3(c), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any
amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid. 
  
 2.26 Mitigation of Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

  
 (a) Determination of amounts payable under
Sections 2.17, 2.18, 2.19 or 2.20 in connection with a LIBOR Borrowing shall be calculated as though each Lender funded its LIBOR Borrowing through the purchase of a deposit of the type and maturity corresponding to the deposit used as a reference
in determining the LIBOR applicable to such LIBOR Borrowing, 

  

 50 

 
whether in fact that is the case or not. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.18, or if the Borrowers are required to pay any additional
amount to any Lender or any governmental authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.20, then, upon the Company’s written request to such Lender, such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office
for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the sole judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce
amounts payable under Section 2.18 or Section 2.20, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrowers hereby agree to
pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with such designation or assignment requested by the Company. 
  
 (b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.18, or if a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any
governmental authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.20, or if any Lender defaults in its obligation to fund Loans hereunder, then the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the
Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 11.4(b), and the Borrowers shall be obligated to pay the recordation and processing fee
referred to therein) all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender); provided, that (i) the Borrowers shall have received the prior
written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Loans owed to it, accrued interest thereon,
accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (in the case of such outstanding principal and accrued interest) and from the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) in the case of a claim for compensation
under Section 2.18 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.20, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments, (iv) the Borrowers shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 2.19 (as though
Section 2.19 were applicable) if any LIBOR Loan owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, and (v) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. A
Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

  
 SECTION 3. Security. 
  
 3.1 Security Interest. Each Borrower hereby assigns and
pledges to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a first priority security interest in all of such Borrower’s right, title and
interest in and to the Collateral (subject to Liens permitted by this Agreement), whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Borrower, including all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing or hereinafter-described Collateral (including,
without 

  

 51 

 
limitation, proceeds that constitute property of the types described herein) and, to the extent not otherwise included, all policies of insurance on any
property of such Borrower and all payments and proceeds under any such insurance (whether or not the Administrative Agent is the loss payee thereof, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders), or any indemnity warranty or guaranty payable by reason of
loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing Collateral; all cash proceeds of the Collateral; and all books of account and records, including all computer software relating thereto. This Agreement secures the payment of all
Obligations of the Borrowers now or hereafter existing or arising. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement secures the payment of all amounts that constitute part of the Obligations and would be owed by each Borrower to the
Administrative Agent and any of the Lenders but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving such Borrower. 
  
 3.2 Representations and Warranties Concerning the Collateral.

  
 (a) All items of equipment and inventory of each
Borrower are located at the places specified in Schedule 3.2 hereto. During the five years immediately preceding the date of this Agreement, no Borrower nor any predecessor of any Borrower has used any corporate or fictitious name other than
its current corporate name. No Borrower has any trade names. The chief executive office and mailing address of the Company is located at 11730 Plaza America Drive, Reston, Virginia 20190, and the chief executive office and mailing address of SES is
10010 Junction Drive, Annapolis Junction, MD 20701. The exact legal name of each Borrower is that indicated on the signature pages hereof. The Borrowers are organizations of the types, and are organized in the jurisdictions, set forth herein. The
signature page hereof accurately sets forth each Borrower’s organizational identification number. 
  
 (b) The Borrowers are the legal and beneficial owners of the Collateral free and clear of any lien, security interest, option or other charge or
encumbrance except for the security interest created by this Agreement or permitted by this Agreement. No effective financing statement or other document similar in effect covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any recording
office, except as permitted by this Agreement such as may have been filed in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, relating to this Agreement or otherwise permitted by this Agreement or in favor of SunTrust Bank
pursuant to the Existing Agreement (which financing statement shall cease to be effective on the Closing Date upon the payment in full of all principal, interest and other amounts due under the Existing Agreement and shall be terminated by SunTrust
Bank promptly after the Closing Date). 
  
 (c) The
Borrowers have exclusive possession and control of the Collateral. 
  
 (d) This Agreement creates a valid security interest in the Collateral, securing the payment of the Obligations and, when properly perfected, shall constitute a valid perfected security interest in such Collateral, free and clear of
all Liens except as created or permitted by this Agreement. 
  

 52 

 (e) The inventory of each Borrower has been produced by such Borrower in compliance with all
requirements of the Fair Labor Standards Act. 
  
 (f) Each
Borrower represents and warrants as to each and every Eligible Receivable now existing that: (1) it is a bona fide existing obligation, valid and enforceable against the Customer, for software installed or licensed, goods sold or
leased or services rendered in the ordinary course of business; (2) it is subject to no material dispute, defense or offset except as disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent or as reflected or reserved for in the financial statements
delivered from time to time by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent hereunder; (3) all instruments, chattel paper and other evidence of indebtedness issued to a Borrower with respect to any Eligible Receivable have been made available to the
Administrative Agent, and, together with all supporting documents delivered to the Administrative Agent, are genuine, complete, valid and enforceable in accordance with their terms; (4) it is not subject to any discount, allowance or special terms
of payment except in the ordinary course of business or as disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent; and (5) except as required by the Assignment of Claims Act, it is not and shall not be subject to any prohibition or limitation upon
assignment. Each Borrower covenants and agrees that each Eligible Receivable arising after the date of this Agreement will be in conformance with the foregoing representations in all material respects. Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the
disclosures made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (2) and (4) shall not alter or diminish the right of the Administrative Agent to exclude the applicable Receivable from the category of Eligible Receivables if it does not satisfy all of the
requirements for Eligible Receivables set forth in the definition of such term. 
  
 3.3 Covenants Concerning the Collateral. 
  
 (a) Each Borrower shall immediately inform the Administrative Agent of (1) any dispute in excess of $100,000 with a Customer and (2) the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, assignment for the benefit of
creditors or suspension of business of any material Customer of which such Borrower has knowledge. No Borrower shall compromise or discount any Receivable without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent except for (i) ordinary trade
discounts or allowances for prompt payment, and (ii) prior to the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, such compromises or discounts that, after giving effect thereto, will not cause the Borrowing Base to be less than the unpaid principal
balance of the Revolving Credit Exposure then outstanding. 
  
 (b) Each Borrower shall establish and maintain a lockbox with the Administrative Agent and shall direct all Customers to make payments on Collateral to such lockbox by printing such direction on all invoices given to Customers. Each
Borrower also shall remit to such lockbox or deliver to the Administrative Agent all payments on Collateral received by such Borrower. Such payments shall be remitted or delivered in their original form on the day of receipt. All notes, checks and
other instruments so received by each Borrower shall be duly endorsed to the order of the Administrative Agent. The payments remitted to the lockbox and all payments delivered to the Administrative Agent shall be credited to a cash collateral
account maintained by the Administrative Agent in the name of the Company over which the 

  

 53 

 
Administrative Agent shall have the exclusive power of withdrawal. All collected funds in such cash collateral account shall be applied to the Obligations by
the Administrative Agent on each Business Day, whether or not the Obligations are then due. 
  
 (c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to facilitate direct collection of the Collateral, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to take over the post office boxes of
the Borrowers or make other arrangements, with which the Borrowers shall cooperate, to receive the mail of each Borrower. 
  
 (d) The Borrowers shall execute all other agreements, instruments and documents and shall perform all further acts that the Administrative Agent
may require with respect to Receivables owing by the Government to ensure compliance with the Assignment of Claims Act, provided that, as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent has no present intent to
require, but reserves the right to so require, Assignment of Claims Act filings for any Government Contract. 
  
 (e) All of the inventory and equipment of each Borrower will be kept only at the locations set forth on Schedule 3.2. The Borrowers shall
give the Administrative Agent prior written notice before any material inventory or equipment is moved or delivered to a location other than such designated places of business, and the lien and security interest of the Administrative Agent for the
ratable benefit of the Lenders will be maintained despite the location of the inventory or equipment. Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, no Borrower shall move or deliver inventory or equipment with a book value in any
instance or in the aggregate of $200,000 or more to a location outside of the United States of America. The foregoing provisions shall not apply to inventory sold in the ordinary course of business of the Borrowers. 
  
 (f) Each Borrower shall have its equipment and inventory insured
against loss or damage by fire, theft, burglary, pilferage, loss in transportation and such other hazards as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify, by insurers reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in amounts reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and under policies containing loss payable clauses satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Any such insurance policies, or certificates or other evidence thereof satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,
shall be deposited with the Administrative Agent. Each Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, shall have a security interest in such policies and the proceeds of such policies thereof, and if any loss
shall occur during the continuation of an Event of Default, the proceeds relating to the loss or damage of the equipment or inventory may be applied to the payment of the Obligations or to the replacement or restoration of the inventory or equipment
damaged or destroyed, as the Administrative Agent may elect or direct. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to file claims under any insurance policies, to receive,
receipt and given acquittance for any payments that may be made thereunder, and to execute any and all endorsements, receipts, releases, assignments, reassignments or other documents that may be necessary to effect to the collection, compromise, or
settlement of any claims under any of the insurance policies. 
  

 54 

 (g) Each Borrower, at its expense, will defend the Collateral against any claims or demands
adverse to the Administrative Agent’s security interest and will promptly pay when due all taxes or assessments levied against such Borrower on the Collateral, except for Liens created or permitted by this Agreement. 
  
 (h) Each Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent such
information as the Administrative Agent from time to time reasonably may request with respect to the Collateral, including, without limitation, statements describing, designating, identifying and evaluating all Collateral. 
  
 3.4 Perfection of Security Interest. 
  
 (a) Each Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative
Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, at any time and from time to time to file in any Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments thereto that (1) indicate the Collateral (i) as all assets of such
Borrower or words of similar effect, regardless of whether any particular asset comprised in the Collateral falls within the scope of Article 9A of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State or such jurisdiction, or (ii) as being of an equal or lesser
scope or with greater detail, and (2) contain any other information required by part 5 of Article 9A of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State or such jurisdiction for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or
amendment, including (i) whether such Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organization identification number issued to such Borrower and, (ii) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing or indicating
Collateral as as-extracted collateral or timber to be cut, a sufficient description of real property to which the Collateral relates. Each Borrower agrees to furnish any such information to the Administrative Agent promptly upon request. Each
Borrower also ratifies its authorization for the Administrative Agent to have filed in any Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction any like initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof. 
  
 (b) Without providing at least 10 days’ prior written notice to
the Administrative Agent, no Borrower shall change its name, its type of organization, jurisdiction of organization or other legal structure, its place of business or, if more than one, chief executive office, or its mailing address or
organizational identification number if it has one. If a Borrower does not have an organizational identification number and later obtains one, such Borrower shall forthwith notify the Administrative Agent of such organizational identification
number. 
  
 (c) If a Borrower shall at any time hold or
acquire any promissory notes or tangible chattel paper as part of the Collateral, such Borrower shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, accompanied by such instruments
of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify. 
  

 55 

 (d) For each deposit account that a Borrower at any time opens or maintains, such Borrower shall,
at the Administrative Agent’s request, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, cause the depositary bank to agree to comply at any time during the continuation of an Event of Default with
instructions from the Administrative Agent to such depositary bank directing the disposition of funds from time to time credited to such deposit account, without further consent of such Borrower. The Administrative Agent agrees with each Borrower
that the Administrative Agent shall not give any such instructions or withhold any withdrawal rights from such Borrower, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or, after giving effect to any withdrawal not otherwise permitted by
the Loan Documents, would occur. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to (i) any deposit account for which a Borrower, the depositary bank and the Administrative Agent have entered into a cash collateral agreement specially
negotiated among such Borrower, the depositary bank and the Administrative Agent for the specific purpose set forth therein, (ii) deposit accounts for which the Administrative Agent is the depositary, (iii) deposit accounts specially and exclusively
used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of such Borrower’s salaried employees, and (iv) deposit accounts for which such Borrower is acting as an agent to distribute funds other than
funds of the Borrower to a third party. 
  
 (e) If a
Borrower shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities, such Borrower shall, upon the Administrative Agent’s written request therefor, forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent to be held as
Collateral for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify. If any securities now or hereafter acquired by a Borrower
are uncertificated and are issued to such Borrower or its nominee directly by the issuer thereof, that Borrower shall immediately notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, at the Administrative Agent’s request and option, pursuant to an
agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, cause the issuer to agree to comply during the continuation of an Event of Default with instructions from the Administrative Agent as to such securities, without further
consent of such Borrower or such nominee. If any securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, or other investment property now or hereafter acquired by a Borrower are held by such Borrower or its nominee through a securities intermediary or
commodity intermediary, such Borrower shall immediately notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, at the Administrative Agent’s request, pursuant to a securities control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent, cause such securities intermediary or (as the case may be) commodity intermediary to agree to comply during the continuation of an Event of Default with entitlement orders or other instructions from the Administrative Agent to such securities
intermediary as to such securities or other investment property, or (as the case may be) to apply any value distributed on account of any commodity contract as directed by the Administrative Agent to such commodity intermediary, in each case without
further consent of such Borrower or such nominee. The Administrative Agent agrees with each Borrower that the Administrative Agent shall not give any such entitlement orders or instructions or directions to any such issuer, securities intermediary
or commodity intermediary, and shall not withhold its consent to the exercise of any withdrawal or dealing rights by such 

  

 56 

 
Borrower, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or, after giving effect to any such investment and withdrawal rights not otherwise
permitted by the Loan Documents, would occur. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any financial assets credited to a securities account for which the Administrative Agent is the securities intermediary. 
  
 (f) If any goods are at any time in the possession of a bailee, each
Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, shall promptly obtain an acknowledgement from the bailee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that the bailee
holds such Collateral for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and shall act upon the instructions of the Administrative Agent, without the further consent of such Borrower. The Administrative Agent agrees with each Borrower that the
Administrative Agent shall not give any such instructions unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Borrower with respect to the bailee. 
  
 (g) If a Borrower at any time holds or acquires an interest in any
electronic chattel paper or any “transferable record,” as that term is defined in Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in §16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect
in any relevant jurisdiction, such Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, at the request of the Administrative Agent, shall take such action as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to vest in the
Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, control, under §9-105 of the Uniform Commercial Code, of such electronic chattel paper or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National
Commerce Act or, as the case may be, §16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record. The Administrative Agent agrees with each Borrower that the Administrative Agent will
arrange, pursuant to procedures satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and so long as such procedures will not result in the Administrative Agent’s loss of control, for such Borrower to make alterations to the electronic chattel paper or
transferable record permitted under UCC §9-105 or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or §16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to make
without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Borrower with respect to such electronic chattel paper or transferable record. 
  
 (h) If a Borrower is at any time a beneficiary under a letter of
credit now or hereafter issued in favor of such Borrower, that Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, at the request of the Administrative Agent, such Borrower shall, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such letter of credit to consent to an assignment to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, during the continuation of an Event of
Default of the proceeds of any drawing under the letter of credit, with the Administrative Agent agreeing that the proceeds of any drawing under the letter to credit are to be applied to the payment of the Obligations, for the ratable benefit of the
Lenders. 
  

 57 

 (i) If a Borrower shall at any time hold or acquire a commercial tort claim, that Borrower shall
immediately notify the Administrative Agent in a writing signed by such Borrower of the brief details thereof and grant to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in such writing a security interest therein and in the
proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (j) Each Borrower further agrees to take any other action reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to insure the attachment, perfection and
first priority of, and the ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce, the Administrative Agent’s security interest in any and all of the Collateral, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, including, without limitation, (1) executing,
delivering and, where appropriate, filing financing statements and amendments relating thereto under the Uniform Commercial Code, to the extent, if any, that such Borrower’s signature thereon is required therefor, (2) causing the Administrative
Agent’s name to be noted as the Lender on any certificate of title for a titled good if such notation is a condition to attachment, perfection or priority of, or ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce, the Administrative Agent’s
security interest in such Collateral, held for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, (3) complying with any provision of any statute, regulation or treaty of the United States as to any Collateral if compliance with such provision is a condition to
attachment, perfection or priority of, or ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce, the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Collateral, held for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, (4) obtaining governmental and other third
party consents and approvals, including without limitation any consent of any licensor, lessor or other person obligated on Collateral, (5) obtaining waivers from mortgagees and landlords in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent and (6) taking all actions required by any earlier versions of the Uniform Commercial Code or by other law, as applicable in any relevant Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction, or by other law as applicable in any foreign jurisdiction.

  
 3.5 Power of Attorney. Each Borrower appoints
the Administrative Agent and any officer, employee or agent of the Administrative Agent, as the Administrative Agent from time to time may designate, as attorneys-in-fact for a Borrower to perform all actions necessary or desirable in the discretion
of the Administrative Agent to enforce its security interest in the Collateral, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, and to exercise such rights and powers as each Borrower might exercise with respect to the Collateral, all at the reasonable cost
and expense of the Borrowers. Each Borrower agrees that neither the Administrative Agent nor any other such attorney-in-fact will be liable for any acts of omission or commission, nor for any error of judgment or mistake of law or fact, unless such
acts were willful and malicious or grossly negligent. This power is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable so long as any Obligations are outstanding. The Administrative Agent agrees that it shall be entitled to exercise its rights under this
Section 3.5 only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default. 
  
 3.6 Limitations on Obligations. It is expressly agreed by each Borrower that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Borrower shall remain liable under 

  

 58 

 
each Receivable and contract giving rise to each Receivable to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by each
Borrower in accordance with and pursuant to the terms and provisions of each such Receivable and contract. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation or liability under any Receivable or contract by reason of or
arising out of this Agreement or the assignment of such Receivable or contract to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, or the receipt by the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, of any payment
relating to the Receivable pursuant to this Agreement, nor shall the Administrative Agent or any Lender be required or obligated in any manner to perform or fulfill any of the obligations of a Borrower under or pursuant to any Receivable or
contract, or to make any payment, or to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any Receivable, or to present or file any claim, or to take any
action to collect or enforce any performance or the payment of any amounts that may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times. 
  
 SECTION 4. Representations and Warranties. Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender
that: 
  
 4.1 Incorporation, Good Standing and Due
Qualification. Each Borrower (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, except that as of the date hereof, the Company is not in good
standing in its state of formation, the Commonwealth of Virginia; (b) has the power and authority to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is now engaged or in which it is proposed to be engaged; and (c) is duly qualified as a
foreign corporation or limited liability corporation and in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, except when the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect. As of
the date of this Agreement, the Company has no Subsidiaries other than SES, and SES has no Subsidiaries. 
  
 4.2 Power and Authority. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrowers of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate actions and do not and will not (a) require any consent or approval of, or filing or registration with, any governmental agency or authority or the stockholders of a Borrower, other than the filing of financing statements as
required by the UCC, filings required by the Assignment of Claims Act and other filings contemplated by any of the Loan Documents relating to the creation or perfection of a Lien on any of the Collateral; (b) contravene a Borrower’s articles or
certificate of incorporation, articles or certificate of organization, or bylaws or operating agreement, as applicable; (c) result in a breach of or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument to which a Borrower is a party or by
which it or its material properties may be bound or affected; (d) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any of the properties now owned or hereafter acquired by a Borrower, except in favor of the
Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders; or (e) cause a Borrower to be in default under any material law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award applicable to the Borrower, except, in
the cases of clauses (a), (c) and (e), 

  

 59 

 
compliance with, and filings and notices under, the Assignment of Claims Act and other filings contemplated by any of the Loan Documents relating to the
creation or perfection of a Lien on any of the Collateral. 
  
 4.3 Legally Enforceable Agreement. This Agreement is, and each of the other Loan Documents when delivered under this Agreement will be, legal, valid and binding obligations of each Borrower, enforceable against each Borrower
in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity. 
  
 4.4 Financial Statements. The Company has furnished to the Administrative Agent and each Lender (a) the
audited balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2002, and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended prepared by Ernst & Young and (b) the unaudited balance sheet of the
Company as of September 30, 2003, and the related unaudited statement of income for the fiscal quarter and year-to-date period then ending, certified by a Principal Officer. Such financial statements are complete and correct and fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition of the Company as of the dates of such statements. Since the dates of such statements, there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations,
condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrowers. 
  
 4.5 Litigation; Environmental Matters. 
  
 (a) There is no pending or threatened action, investigation or proceeding against or affecting a Borrower before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator, that, in any one case or in the aggregate, if adversely determined, would
have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  
 (b) No Borrower (i) has
failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has, to its knowledge, become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has
received written notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability. 
  
 4.6 Ownership and Liens. Each Borrower has title to all of its assets, including the Collateral, and none of the Collateral or such assets
is subject to any Lien, except Liens created or permitted by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. 
  
 4.7 ERISA. No Borrower has incurred any material “accumulated funding deficiency” within the meaning of § 302 of ERISA
or § 412 of the Code, nor has any Borrower incurred any material liability to the PBGC in connection with any “employee pension benefit plan” (as defined in § 3(2) of ERISA) established or maintained by a Borrower. None of
the employee pension benefit plans (as defined above) or “welfare plans” (as defined in § 3(l) of ERISA) of a Borrower, nor any trusts created thereunder, nor any trustee or administrator thereof, has engaged in a
“prohibited transaction,” as such term is defined in § 406 of ERISA or § 4975 of the Code, that could subject such plans or any of them, any such trust, or any trustee or 

  

 60 

 
administrator thereof, or any party dealing with such plans or any such trust to any material liability or tax or penalty on prohibited transactions imposed
by such §§ 406 or 4975. None of the Borrowers nor any Affiliate of any Borrower is now, or at any time in the past three (3) years has been, obligated to make contributions to a “multiemployer plan,” as such term is
defined in § 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, with respect to which the withdrawal of any Borrower or any such Affiliate at any time could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The only such multiemployer plans to which any Borrower is
obligated to make contributions are those described on Schedule 4.7. 
  
 4.8 Taxes. Each Borrower has filed all tax returns (federal, state and local) required to be filed and has paid all taxes, assessments and governmental charges and levies shown thereon to be due,
including interest and penalties, except for such taxes being contested in good faith and as for which reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 4.9 Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit. The Borrowers will use (a) the proceeds of the Revolving Loans to (i) finance working capital
needs and for other general corporate purposes, (ii) finance up to $10,000,000 of the cash acquisition costs related to the purchase of the Acquired Stock (iii) pay for fees and expenses related to the Transaction, and (iv) to allow for issuance of
up to an aggregate $1,000,000 in standby letters of credit, which shall be Letters of Credit issued hereunder, and (b) the proceeds of the Term Loans to finance the cash acquisition costs related to the purchase of the Acquired Stock, not to exceed
the cash costs of such acquisition. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that would violate any rule or regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including
Regulations T, U or X. All Letters of Credit will be used for general corporate purposes. 
  
 4.10 Debt. No Borrower is in any manner directly or contingently obligated with respect to any Debt that is not permitted by this Agreement.
No Borrower is in default with respect to any Debt. 
  
 4.11
Debarment and Suspension. No event has occurred and, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, no condition exists that may result in the debarment or suspension of a Borrower from any contracting with the Government, and no Borrower nor any
Affiliate of a Borrower has been subject to any such debarment or suspension prior to the date of this Agreement. No Government investigation or inquiry involving fraud, deception or willful misconduct has been commenced in connection with any
Government Contract of a Borrower or a Subsidiary or any activities of any Borrower or any Subsidiary. The Lenders and the Administrative Agent acknowledge that following the Closing Date, SES will withdraw from the Small and Disadvantaged Program
under Section 8(a) of the Small Business Act. 
  
 4.12
Material Contracts. No Borrower, Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, any other party thereto is in material default under any Material Contract that would have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

 61 

 4.13 Intellectual Property. As of the date hereof, the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries do
not own or hold any registered copyrights, patents or trademarks, other than as listed on Schedule 4.13 attached hereto and other than such Intellectual Property that has not been used by the Borrowers in the past 12 months or from which no
revenue has been derived in the past 12 months. Each Borrower and each Subsidiary owns or has the right to use under valid license agreements or otherwise all Intellectual Property that is required or necessary for the conduct of the business of
each Borrower and its Subsidiaries as now conducted to the knowledge of the Borrowers without any conflict with any rights of any other Person that would have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  
 4.14 True and Complete Information. All factual and financial information (taken as a whole) previously
furnished to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement by the Borrowers and each Subsidiary is, and all factual and financial information (taken as a whole) furnished to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by the
Borrowers and the Subsidiaries after the date of this Agreement will be, true and accurate in all material respects on the date on which such information is dated, certified or furnished, and is not, and will not be, incomplete by omitting to state
any material fact necessary to make such information (taken as a whole) not misleading in any material respect at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information was provided. 
  
 4.15 Integrated Business. The Borrowers and the Subsidiaries at
all times will be, engaged as an integrated group in providing services and goods to their respective Customers. The integrated operation will require financing on such a basis that credit supplied to the Borrowers be made available from time to
time to all Borrowers and Subsidiaries of the Borrowers, as required for the successful operation of the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries separately, and the integrated operation as a whole. In that connection, the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries will
request that the Lenders provide the Loans to, and that the Issuing Bank issue the Letters of Credit for, the Borrowers to finance such operation. Each Borrower will derive benefit, directly and indirectly, from the credit so extended to the
Borrowers, both in its separate capacity and as a member of the integrated group. 
  
 4.16 Employee Relations. Except for the agreement(s) set forth on Schedule 4.16, no Borrower is a party to any collective bargaining agreement nor has any labor union been recognized as the
representative of its employees. No Borrower knows of any pending, threatened or contemplated strikes, work stoppage or other collective labor disputes involving its employees. 
  
 4.17 Burdensome Provisions. No Borrower is a party to any indenture, agreement, lease or other instrument, or
subject to any corporate or partnership restriction, governmental approval or applicable law which is so unusual or burdensome as in the foreseeable future could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Borrower presently
anticipates that future expenditures needed to meet the provisions of any statutes, orders, rules or regulations of a governmental authority will be so burdensome as to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

 62 

 4.18 Absence of Defaults. No event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a
Default or an Event of Default. No event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes, or which with the passage of time or giving of notice or both would constitute, a material default or event of default by any Borrower under contract or
judgment, decree or order to which any Borrower is a party or by which any Borrower or any of its material properties may be bound or which would require any Borrower to make any payment thereunder prior to the scheduled maturity date therefor,
which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  
 4.19 Disclosure. The Borrowers have disclosed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender all agreements, instruments, and corporate or other restrictions to which the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries is
subject, and all other matters known to any of them, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports (including without limitation all reports that the Company may be
required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission), financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation or
syndication of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by any other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact
necessary to make the statements therein, taken as a whole, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
  
 4.20 Survival of Representations and Warranties, Etc. All statements contained in any certificate, financial statement or other instrument
delivered by or on behalf of any Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (including, but not limited to, any such statement made in or in connection with
any amendment thereto or any statement contained in any certificate, financial statement or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of any Borrower prior to the date hereof and delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection
with closing the transactions contemplated hereby) shall constitute representations and warranties made by the Borrowers under this Agreement. All representations and warranties made under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed
to be made at and as of the date hereof, the Closing Date and at and as of the date of the disbursement of any Loan or issuance of any Letter of Credit, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate solely to an
earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and accurate on and as of such earlier date). All such representations and warranties shall survive the effectiveness of this Agreement, the execution and delivery
of the Loan Documents, the making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit. 
  

 63 

 SECTION 5. Affirmative Covenants. The Borrowers covenant and agree that so long as any Lender has a
Commitment hereunder or the principal of or interest on any Loan remains unpaid or any fee or any LC Disbursement remains unreimbursed or any Letter of Credit remains outstanding: 
  
 5.1 Maintenance of Existence. On or prior to January 7, 2004, the Company shall deliver to the Administrative
Agent (a) a good standing certificate from its state of incorporation, the Commonwealth of Virginia, and (b) a written opinion to that effect of Dickstein Shapiro Morin & Oshinsky LLP, counsel to the Company, in form and substance satisfactory
to the Administrative Agent. Each Borrower will preserve and maintain its corporate existence and good standing in the jurisdiction of its formation, and qualify and remain qualified, as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which such
qualification is required. 
  
 5.2 Maintenance of
Records. Each Borrower will keep adequate records and books of account, in which complete entries will be made in accordance with GAAP, reflecting all financial transactions of such Borrower. The principal records and books of account,
including those concerning the Collateral, shall be kept at the chief executive office of the Borrowers described above. No Borrower will move such records and books of account or change its chief executive office or the name under which it does
business without (a) giving the Administrative Agent at least 30 days’ prior written notice, and (b) filing, or authorizing the filing by the Administrative Agent of, financing statements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent
prior to such move or change. 
  
 5.3 Maintenance of
Properties. Each Borrower will maintain, keep and preserve all of its properties (tangible and intangible) necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty
excepted. 
  
 5.4 Conduct of Business. Each Borrower
will continue to engage in an efficient and economical manner in a business of the same general type as conducted by it on the date of this Agreement and as otherwise defined in the articles or certificate of incorporation or articles or certificate
of organization, as applicable. 
  
 5.5 Maintenance of
Insurance. Each Borrower will maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies or associations in such amounts and covering such risks as are usually carried by companies engaged in the same or a similar business
and similarly situated, including, without limitation, insurance covering the inventory and equipment as required hereby. 
  
 5.6 Compliance with Laws. Each Borrower will comply in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders (including,
without limitation, ERISA and all Environmental Laws), such compliance to include, without limitation, paying, before the same become delinquent, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges imposed upon it or upon its property. 
  
 5.7 Right of Inspection. At any reasonable time and from time
to time, with reasonable notice, each Borrower will permit, except as prohibited by applicable law, the Administrative Agent or any agent or representative of the Administrative Agent to audit, examine and verify the Collateral, examine and make
copies of and abstracts from the records and books of account of, and visit the properties of, each Borrower, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of each Borrower with any of its officers and directors and each 

  

 64 

 
Borrower’s independent accountants, and to discuss the status of Government Contracts of each Borrower with the applicable contracting officers. The
Administrative Agent agrees to give the Borrowers not fewer than two days’ prior written notice of taking any action described in the preceding sentence, and to obtain the Borrowers’ permission prior to contacting the contracting officer
under any Government Contract, provided that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to give such prior notice or obtain such permission. The Borrowers agree to reimburse the
Administrative Agent for all reasonable audit and Collateral verification and examination expenses incurred by it with respect to each audit and Collateral verification of each Borrower conducted by the Administrative Agent, provided that such
reimbursements shall not be required more frequently than twice per calendar year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or is uncovered by such audit and Collateral verification, in which case all of the reasonable expenses of
each audit and verification shall be paid by the Borrowers. If the Administrative Agent uses employees or Affiliates to perform the audits, the Borrowers’ reimbursement obligations shall be limited to the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of
the Administrative Agent that would have been paid to an independent auditing firm for such audits. 
  
 5.8 Reporting Requirements. The Borrowers will furnish to the Administrative Agent, at each address for the Administrative Agent specified
in Section 11.1(a) (and the Administrative Agent will promptly after receipt provide copies thereof to each Lender): 
  
 (a) Monthly Financial Statements of the Company. As soon as available and in any event within 30 days after the end of each fiscal month of
each fiscal year, unaudited financial statements consisting of consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such month and consolidated and consolidating statements of income and changes in
stockholders equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such month, all in reasonable detail and stating in comparative form the respective variances between
such consolidated and consolidating figures and the Company’s operating plan or budget for such fiscal year, and all prepared in accordance with GAAP. Such financial statements shall be certified to be accurate by a Principal Officer of the
Company (subject to year-end adjustments) and shall be accompanied for the last fiscal month of each fiscal quarter by a Covenant Compliance Certificate for such period; 
  
 (b) Annual Financial Statements of the Company. As soon as available and, in any event, within 120 days after
the end of each fiscal year of the Company, audited financial statements consisting of the consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated and consolidating
statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and all prepared in accordance with GAAP, accompanied by an unqualified opinion thereon of
an independent certified public accounting firm selected by the Company and acceptable to the Administrative Agent; 
  

 65 

 (c) Management Letters. Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of any reports submitted to
the Company by independent certified public accountants in connection with examination of the financial statements of the Company made by such accountants; 
  
 (d) Notice of Litigation; Proceedings. Without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to give notices of commercial tort claims required
by Section 3.4(i), promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of all actions, suits, investigations and proceedings before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign,
affecting a Borrower and of which such Borrower has notice, that, if determined adversely to such Borrower, could have a Material Adverse Effect; 
  
 (e) Notice of Defaults and Events of Default. As soon as possible and, in any event, within ten days after the occurrence of each Default
and Event of Default, a written notice setting forth the details of such Default or Event of Default and the action that is proposed to be taken by the Borrowers with respect thereto; 
  
 (f) Proxy Statements, etc. Promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all proxy statements,
financial statements and reports that the Company sends to its stockholders, other than routine notices concerning the annual meetings of the Company; 
  
 (g) Borrowing Base Certificate and Receivables Detail. As soon as available and, in any event, (1) within 25 days after the end of each
fiscal month, a Borrowing Base Certificate appropriately completed and executed by a Principal Officer of the Company and including a computation of the Borrowing Base as of the last day of the previous fiscal month, accompanied by (i) an Aging
Report as of the last day of the previous fiscal month, (ii) such other supporting documents as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent) from time to time reasonably may request, and (iii) such invoices,
instruments, chattel paper and other evidence of indebtedness representing any Receivables, duly endorsed to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, as the Administrative Agent may request; and (2) within 30 days after the
end of the last fiscal month of each fiscal quarter, (i) an Unbilled Receivables report for such fiscal quarter, (ii) a contract backlog report for such fiscal quarter, reflecting all contracts of the Borrowers, the work completed and billed under
such contracts, the work remaining to be completed and billed and the type and term of each contract, and (iii) an accounts payable listing and aging for such fiscal quarter. All reports and other information to be provided hereby shall be in form
and detail reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. A copy of each item described in this Section 5.8(g) shall be delivered within the deadline specified (i) to the Administrative Agent’s Government Contracts Administration Division
at 8245 Boone Boulevard, 3rd Floor, Vienna, Virginia 22182-3871, Attention: Dana Halbert, and (ii) to Timothy J. Duggan at the address specified in Section 11.1 below; 
  
 (h) Customer List. If required by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, within 90 days after the end of each
fiscal quarter of the Company, a current Customer List, which shall at all times be maintained by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender subject to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 11.11 hereof;

  

 66 

 (i) Management Changes. At least 30 days’ prior written notice of any new appointments
to the offices of the president, chief executive officer, chairman, chief financial officer or vice president of finance of any Borrower; 
  
 (j) Projections. If required by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, not earlier than 30 days following the beginning of each fiscal
year, consolidated and consolidating balance sheets, income statements, cash flows and operating budget of the Borrowers setting forth projections for each fiscal quarter of such fiscal year and a pro forma balance sheet and income statement
projections for such fiscal year, and setting forth in reasonable detail the assumptions underlying such projections; 
  
 (k) Notice of Material Adverse Effect. Prompt notice of any change in the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of
operations or business prospects of a Borrower or any Subsidiary which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; 
  
 (l) Material Contracts. Promptly after entering into any Material Contract or amendment thereof, a notice containing a description of such
Material Contract or amendment (with copies thereof if requested by the Administrative Agent), and prompt written notice of the termination or breach by any Person of a Material Contract (to the extent any Borrower has actual knowledge of each
termination or breach if such termination or breach is by a Person other than such Borrower); 
  
 (m) Government Contract Audits. Promptly after any Borrower’s receipt thereof, notice of any final decision of a contracting officer disallowing costs aggregating more than $100,000, which
disallowed costs arise out of any audit of Government Contracts of any Borrower; 
  
 (n) Environmental Matters. Notice of the occurrence of any event or any other development, of which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has notices, by which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
(i) fails to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) becomes subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) receives notice of any claim
with respect to any Environmental Liability, or (iv) becomes aware of any basis for any Environmental Liability and in each of the preceding clauses, which individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect; and 
  
 (o) General Information.
Such other information respecting the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Borrowers as the Administrative Agent and/or any Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent) from time to time reasonably may request. 
  

 67 

 5.9 Primary Operating Account. The Company agrees to maintain its Primary Operating Account
with the Administrative Agent. 
  
 5.10 Additional
Collateral, etc. 
  
 (a) With respect to any
Property acquired after the Closing Date by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than (x) any Property described in paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of this Section, (y) any Property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 6.1(c))
and (z) Property acquired by an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary) as to which the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, does not have a perfected Lien, the Company or the applicable Subsidiary shall promptly (i) execute and
deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in such Property and
(ii) take all actions necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a perfected first priority security interest in such Property, including without limitation, the filing of Uniform Commercial
Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by this Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (b) With respect to any fee interest in any real property, or any leasehold estate in any real property with a term (including all renewal options)
of more than 20 years, in each case having a value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $250,000, acquired after the Closing Date by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any such real property owned by an Excluded Foreign
Subsidiary subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 6.1(c)), the Company or the applicable Subsidiary shall promptly (i) execute and deliver a first priority Mortgage in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the
Lenders, covering such real property, (ii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, provide the Lenders with (x) title and extended coverage insurance covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real estate
(or such other amount as shall be reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent) as well as a current ALTA survey thereof, together with a surveyor’s certificate and (y) any consents or estoppels reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by
the Administrative Agent in connection with such mortgage or deed of trust, each of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (iii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the
Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (c) With respect to any new Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Foreign
Subsidiary) created or acquired after the Closing Date (which, for the purposes of this paragraph, shall include any existing Subsidiary that ceases to be an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary), by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Company or the
applicable Subsidiary shall promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of
the Lenders, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock 

  

 68 

 
of such new Subsidiary that is owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates representing such
Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and (iii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative
Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (d) With respect to any new Excluded Foreign Subsidiary created or acquired after the Closing Date by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, the Company or the applicable Subsidiary shall promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable in order to grant to
the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (provided that in no event shall more
than 65% of the total outstanding Capital Stock of any such new Subsidiary be required to be so pledged), (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank,
executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and take such other action as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the Lien of the
Administrative Agent thereon, and (iii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 5.11 S
Corporation Election. To the extent required for the Company or SES to maintain the effectiveness of its respective election to be treated as an S corporation under the Code, the Company shall take such action as may be required to make a
valid and effective election pursuant to the Code to cause treatment of SES as a Qualified Subchapter S Corporation Subsidiary thereunder by filing such election as and when required by the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder in order
for such tax treatment to be effective within 75 days after the Closing, and promptly shall deliver evidence of the effectiveness of such election to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 5.12 Further Assurances. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries shall from time to time execute and deliver,
or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional instruments, certificates or documents, and take all such actions, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, for the purposes of implementing or effectuating the provisions of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or of more fully perfecting or renewing the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Collateral (or with respect to any additions thereto or replacements or proceeds thereof or
with respect to any other property or assets hereafter acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary which may be deemed to be part of the Collateral) pursuant hereto or thereto. Upon the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any power,
right, privilege or remedy pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents which requires any consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization of any 

  

 69 

 
governmental authority, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries will execute and deliver, or will cause the execution and delivery of, all applications,
certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that the Administrative Agent or such Lender may be required to obtain from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for such governmental consent, approval, recording, qualification or
authorization. 
  
 SECTION 6. Negative Covenants. The Borrowers
covenant and agree that so long as any Lender has a Commitment hereunder or the principal of or interest on any Loan remains unpaid or any fee or any LC Disbursement remains unreimbursed or any Letter of Credit remains outstanding: 
  
 6.1 Liens. No Borrower will create, incur, assume or permit to
exist, any Lien upon or with respect to any of its properties, now owned or hereafter acquired, except: 
  
 (a) Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

  
 (b) Liens that are incidental to the conduct of the
business of a Borrower, are not incurred in connection with the obtaining of credit and do not materially impair the value or use of assets of such Borrower, including Liens securing operating leases for equipment and software entered into by such
Borrower in the ordinary course of its business and on commercially reasonable terms; and 
  
 (c) purchase-money Liens, whether now existing or hereafter arising (including those arising out of a Capital Lease or a Synthetic Lease) on any fixed assets provided that (1) any property subject to a
purchase-money Lien is acquired by such Borrower in the ordinary course of its respective business and the Lien on any such property is created contemporaneously with such acquisition, (2) each such Lien shall attach only to the property so
acquired, and (3) the Debt secured by all such purchase money Liens shall not exceed at any time outstanding $500,000 in the aggregate for all of the Borrowers. 
  

6.2 Debt. No Borrower will create, incur, assume or permit to exist, any Debt, except: (a) the Obligations; (b) Debt of a Borrower
subordinated to the Obligations on terms satisfactory to the Required Lenders; (c) ordinary trade accounts payable, including operating leases for equipment and software entered into by a Borrower in the ordinary course of its business and on
commercially reasonable terms; and (d) Debt of a Borrower or any Subsidiary (including Debt arising out of a Capital Lease or a Synthetic Lease) secured by purchase-money Liens permitted by this Agreement. 
  
 6.3 Mergers, etc. No Borrower will merge or consolidate with
any Person. 
  
 6.4 Leases. No Borrower will create,
incur, assume or permit to exist, or permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or permit to exist, any obligation as lessee for the rental or hire of any real or personal property, except: (a) leases in existence on the date of this Agreement,
(b) Capital Leases giving rise to purchase-money Liens permitted by this 

  

 70 

 
Agreement; and (c) leases (other than Capital Leases) that do not in the aggregate require any Borrower or any Subsidiary to make payments (including taxes,
insurance, maintenance and similar expenses that such Borrower or such Subsidiary is required to pay under the terms of any lease) in any fiscal year of the Company in excess of $500,000. 
  
 6.5 Sale and Leaseback; Synthetic Leases. No Borrower will sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, any real or
personal property to any Person and thereafter, directly or indirectly, lease back the same or similar property. 
  
 6.6 Restricted Payments. Except for the Contingent Payments, the Earnout Payment, any Closing Adjustments and the Escrow Amount (as each of
the foregoing terms are defined in, and limited by, the Stock Purchase Agreement), no Borrower shall make any Restricted Payment if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur after giving effect thereto, or if, assuming that
such Restricted Payment had been made on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, the Company would not have been in compliance with the financial covenants contained in Section 7. Any Borrower that is a Subchapter S Corporation may
make Restricted Payments to its shareholders, but only in an aggregate amount during any fiscal year of such Borrower as does not exceed the amount sufficient to enable such shareholders to pay income tax on their respective shares of the net
taxable income of such Borrower, and provided that a Borrower may only make such Restricted Payments if (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur after giving effect thereto, and (ii) assuming that such
Restricted Payment had been made on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, such Borrower would have been in compliance with the financial covenants contained in Section 7. 
  
 6.7 Sale of Assets. No Borrower will sell, lease, assign,
transfer, license or otherwise dispose of, any of its now owned or hereafter acquired assets, except for (a) any inventory and Intellectual Property sold, licensed or leased in the ordinary course of business; and (b) the Disposition of assets
(other than such inventory and Intellectual Property) no longer used or useful in the conduct of its business and not exceeding $150,000 in the aggregate for all Borrowers during any fiscal year. 
  
 6.8 Investments, Loans, Etc. No Borrower will purchase, hold or
acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly-owned Subsidiary prior to such merger), any common stock, evidence of indebtedness, Capital Stock or other equity interests or other securities (including any option,
warrant, or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person (all of the foregoing
being collectively called “Investments”), or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person that constitute a business unit, except: 
  
 (a) Travel advances or other advances in an aggregate amount not to
exceed in aggregate amount for all Borrowers of $100,000 at any one time outstanding, which are made to any employee of a Borrower in the ordinary course of such Borrower’s business and in furtherance of such employee’s performance under a
contract with a Customer; 
  

 71 

 (b) Loans and advances to shareholders that are in compliance with the terms of Section 6.6; and

  
 (c) Hedging Agreements entered into in the ordinary
course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which a Borrower is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities. 
  
 6.9 Guaranties, etc. No Borrower will Guarantee the obligations of any Person, or permit any such Guarantees to exist. 
  
 6.10 Acquisitions. No Borrower will form a Subsidiary, become a
partner or joint venturer with any person, or purchase or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, or any Capital Stock of or ownership interest in any other Person. If the Required Lenders consent to the acquisition or
formation of a Subsidiary by a Borrower, such Borrower will cause such Subsidiary to (a) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assumption Agreement, and (b) satisfy all of the conditions set forth in Section 8.3, and until such
conditions are satisfied, no Receivables of such Subsidiary may be included in the Borrowing Base. 
  
 6.11 Transactions with Affiliates. No Borrower will enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, the purchase, sale or
exchange of property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate, except in the ordinary course of and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of such Borrower’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to such
Borrower than would be applicable in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate. 
  
 6.12 Section 338(h) Election. Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Company shall not make an election under
Section 338(h) of the Code if such election would result in tax liability to the Company in excess of $1,000,000. 
  
 6.13 Capital Expenditures. No Borrower will make Capital Expenditures during any fiscal year in an amount exceeding $1,500,000, or if, after
giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures for all Borrowers would exceed $1,500,000 for any fiscal year. 
  
 SECTION 7. Financial Covenants. The Borrowers agree that so long as any Lender has a Commitment hereunder or the principal of or interest on any Loan
remains unpaid or any fee or any LC Disbursement remains unreimbursed or any Letter of Credit remains outstanding: 
  
 7.1 Net Worth. The Company shall maintain at all times Net Worth of not less than the Minimum Compliance Level. 
  
 7.2 Funded Debt Ratio. The Borrower shall maintain a Funded
Debt Ratio (a) from the Closing Date through and including December 30, 2004, of not greater than 3.25 to 1; (b) as of December 31, 2004, through and including December 30, 2005, of not greater than 3.00 to 1; and (c) as of December 31, 2005, and at
all times thereafter, of not greater than 2.75 to 1. 
  

 72 

 7.3 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Company shall maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
for each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of each fiscal quarter, of not less than 1.30 to 1. 
  
 SECTION 8. Conditions of Lending. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and the obligations of the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit shall
be subject to the following conditions: 
  
 8.1 Conditions
Precedent to Closing. The Closing and the initial disbursement of the Loans shall be subject to the following conditions precedent: 
  
 (a) The Loan Documents shall have been appropriately completed, duly executed by the parties thereto, recorded where necessary and delivered to the
Administrative Agent. 
  
 (b) No Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
  
 (c) All
representations and warranties contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects at the Closing Date. 
  
 (d) All legal matters incident to the Loans shall be satisfactory to counsel for the Administrative Agent, and the Borrowers agree to execute and
deliver to the Administrative Agent such additional documents and certificates relating to the Loans as the Administrative Agent reasonably may request. 
  
 (e) Financing statements in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent shall have been properly filed in each office where
necessary to perfect the security interest of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in the Collateral, termination statements shall have been filed with respect to any other financing statements covering all or any
portion of the Collateral and all taxes and fees with respect to such recording and filing shall have been paid by the Borrowers. 
  
 (f) The Borrowers shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (1) certified copies of evidence of all corporate and company actions taken by
the Borrowers to authorize the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, (2) certified copies of the articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, articles or certificate of organization and operating agreement of the Borrowers, (3) a
certificate of incumbency for the officers of the Borrowers executing the Loan Documents, (4) subject to the provisions of Sections 4.1 and 5.1, a good standing certificate, dated not more than 30 days prior to the Closing Date, from the appropriate
state official of any state in which the Borrowers are incorporated or qualified to do business, and (5) such additional supporting documents as the Administrative Agent or counsel for the Administrative Agent reasonably may request. 
  

 73 

 (g) The Administrative Agent shall have received (1) a Borrowing Base Certificate, (2) an Aging
Report, (3) a contract status and backlog report relating to Eligible Receivables for the most recent fiscal month, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, (4) the financial statements of the Company for the period ended on September 30,
2003, and (5) a pro forma Covenant Compliance Certificate, giving effect to the Transaction and the initial disbursement of the Loans, and certifying that no Default or Event of Default exists as of the Closing Date, nor would any Default or Event
of Default occur after giving effect thereto. 
  
 (h) The
Administrative Agent shall have received a field examination report of the Collateral in form and substance acceptable to it. 
  
 (i) The Administrative Agent shall have received financing statement, judgment and tax lien searches reflecting that there are no Liens outstanding
against the Collateral other than those created or permitted by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. 
  
 (j) If requested, the Administrative Agent shall have received a landlord lien waiver from each landlord of each Borrower, which shall be in form
and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (k)
The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that the insurance on the Collateral required by this Agreement has been obtained and is in full force and effect. 
  
 (l) The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion of Dickstein Shapiro Morin & Oshinsky LLP,
counsel to the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (m) The Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that, after giving effect to the Transaction, the Company shall continue to qualify as a Subchapter S corporation under the Code, which
evidence may include, but is not limited to, the unqualified opinion to such effect of an independent public accounting firm selected by the Company and acceptable to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (n) The Administrative Agent shall have reviewed to its satisfaction
the Transaction Documents, which shall provide for an aggregate purchase price for the Acquired Stock not in excess of $30,000,000 (including earnout, contingent payment (including the obligations of the Company to make the Contingent Payments), or
shareholder buyout obligations) plus assumed liabilities (limited to payables and accruals described in the Stock Purchase Agreement and acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion). The Transaction Documents shall have been
consummated, and the Acquired Stock acquired by the Company, in accordance with the terms thereof and in compliance with applicable law and regulatory approvals. The Transaction Documents shall not have been altered, amended or otherwise changed or
supplemented in any material respect or any material condition therein waived, prior to the Closing Date, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. 
  

 74 

 (o) The corporate capital and ownership structure (including articles or certificate of
incorporation, by-laws, articles or certificate of organization and operating agreements), shareholders agreements and management of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Transaction), shall be satisfactory to
the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (p) There shall not have
occurred a material adverse change since September 30, 2003, in the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries taken as a whole
or in the facts and information regarding such entities as represented to date. 
  
 (q) The absence of any action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or governmental authority that purports (a) to materially and adversely affect the
Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries, or (b) to affect any transaction contemplated hereby or the ability of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries or any other obligor under the guarantees or security documents to perform their
respective obligations under the Loan Documents. 
  
 (r)
The Borrowers shall have entered into Hedging Agreements to provide that at least $14,000,000 of the aggregate principal amount of Loans is subject to either a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection for a period or duration of not less
than two years from the Closing Date, which Hedging Agreements shall have terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and shall not be terminated during such two-year period. 
  
 (s) After giving effect to the closing of the Transaction and this
Agreement, and the payment in full of all Debt of the Company to SunTrust Bank under the Existing Agreement, the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed solely on the Closing Date the lesser of (1)
$25,000,000 minus the Term Loan Reserve and the Contingent Payment Reserve, or (2) the Borrowing Base minus $5,000,000. 
  
 (t) The Closing and the initial disbursement of the Loans shall occur on or prior to December 31, 2003. 
  
 8.2 Conditions Precedent to Subsequent Disbursements. The
disbursement and issuance of subsequent Loans and Letters of Credit shall be subject to the following conditions precedent: 
  
 (a) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
  
 (b) No event or condition shall have occurred which has a Material Adverse Effect. 
  
 (c) All representations and warranties of the Borrowers contained in
the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects at the date of such disbursement, except for representations and warranties that relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true
and accurate on and as of such earlier date). 
  

 75 

 (d) No change shall have occurred in any law or regulations thereunder or interpretations thereof
that, in the opinion of counsel for the Administrative Agent, would make it illegal for the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make Loans, or for the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit, hereunder. 
  
 (e) If required by the Administrative Agent because the Administrative
Agent has reasonably determined, in good faith, that after giving effect to such disbursement, the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Borrowing Base, the Borrowers shall have delivered to the Administrative
Agent a current Borrowing Base Certificate and a current Aging Report, duly executed by a Principal Officer of the Company and appropriately completed, and such other supporting data and documentation relating to the Collateral as may be required by
the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion. 
  
 8.3
Conditions to Subsidiaries Becoming Borrowers. Each Subsidiary of the Company acquired or formed after the Closing Date shall become a Borrower under this Agreement and shall satisfy the following conditions upon the acquisition or
formation of such Subsidiary: 
  
 (a) The Subsidiary shall
execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assumption Agreement. 
  
 (b) The Administrative Agent shall have received an opinion of counsel to the Subsidiary, addressed to the Administrative Agent, covering such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in form
and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (c)
Financing statements in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent shall have been properly filed in each office where necessary to perfect the security interest of the Administrative Agent (held for the ratable benefit of the
Lenders) in the Collateral of the Subsidiary, termination statements shall have been filed with respect to any other financing statements covering all or any portion of such Collateral (except with respect to Liens or security interests created or
permitted by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents), all taxes and fees with respect to such recording and filing shall have been paid by such Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent shall have received such lien searches or reports as it shall
require confirming that the foregoing filings and recordings have been completed. 
  
 (d) The Subsidiary shall have delivered the following documents to the Administrative Agent, each of which shall be certified as of the date on which it is to become a Borrower, by its secretary or
representative performing similar functions: (1) copies of evidence of all actions taken by the Subsidiary to authorize the execution and delivery of the Assumption Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (2) copies of the articles or certificate of
incorporation and bylaws (or comparable organizational documents) of the Subsidiary; and (3) a certificate as to the incumbency and signatures of the officers executing the Loan Documents. 
  

 76 

 (e) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of good standing and qualification
(or similar instrument) issued by the appropriate state official of the state of incorporation of the Subsidiary, dated not more than 30 days prior to the date of the applicable Loan Documents. 
  
 (f) The Administrative Agent shall have received a listing and aging
of Receivables of such Subsidiary, a listing of accounts payable of the Subsidiary, a report setting forth the status of all contracts relating to its Eligible Receivables and such other financial information of such Subsidiary as may be requested
by the Administrative Agent from time to time, all of which shall be of a current date and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (g) If required by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have received a satisfactory field
examination of the Collateral and internal control systems of the Subsidiary performed by a consultant selected by the Administrative Agent, and the Borrowers shall have reimbursed the Administrative Agent for the cost of such consultant.

  
 (h) If required by the Administrative Agent, all
Intellectual Property of such Subsidiary relating to a Material IP Receivables shall have been duly registered with the Register of Copyrights or the United States Patent and Trademark Office, as applicable, an Intellectual Property Assignment shall
have been recorded in such office, and the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that it has a first priority perfected Lien with respect thereto, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders. 
  
 SECTION 9. Default. 
  
 9.1 Events of Default. Each of the following shall constitute
an Event of Default under this Agreement: 
  
 (a) Failure
of a Borrower to pay any Obligation, including, without limitation, the principal of or interest on any Revolving Note, Term Note or the Loans, or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement or other amounts due under a Letter of
Credit Agreement, when the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, or otherwise, and such failure shall continue for a period of ten days after written notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender (which may be a computer
generated late payment notice); or 
  
 (b) If a Borrower
refuses to permit the Administrative Agent to inspect, examine, verify or audit the Collateral in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; or 
  
 (c) Failure of a Borrower to perform or observe any covenant contained in Section 5.1, any financial covenant contained in Section 7 of this
Agreement, or the failure of a Borrower to perform or observe any covenant contained in Section 6 of this Agreement that is incapable of being cured pursuant to Section 9.1(e) below; or 
  

 77 

 (d) Failure of any Borrower to perform its obligations under Section 5.8(g), and such failure
shall continue for a period of five Business Days after written notice from the Administrative Agent; or 
  
 (e) Failure of a Borrower to perform or observe any covenant in Section 6 that is capable of being cured or any other term, condition, covenant,
warranty, agreement or other provision contained in this Agreement (except any such failure resulting in the occurrence of another Event of Default described in this Section), within 30 days after receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent or
any Lender to the Company specifying such failure; or 
  
 (f)
If any representation or warranty made or deemed made by a Borrower in this Agreement, any Loan Document or any statement or representation made in any certificate, report or opinion delivered pursuant to this Agreement (including any Covenant
Compliance Certificate, Borrowing Base Certificate or financial statements) or in connection with any borrowing under this Agreement was materially untrue or is breached in any material respect; or 
  
 (g) If, as a result of default, any other obligation of a Borrower for
the payment of any Debt in excess of $25,000 becomes or is declared to be due and payable prior to the expressed maturity thereof, unless and to the extent that the declaration is being contested in good faith in a court of appropriate jurisdiction;
or 
  
 (h) The Company or a Subsidiary makes an assignment
for the benefit of creditors, files a petition in bankruptcy, petitions or applies to any tribunal for any receiver or any trustee of the Company or such Subsidiary or any substantial part of its property, or commences any proceeding relating to the
Company or such Subsidiary under any reorganization, arrangement, readjustments of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect; or 
  
 (i) If, within 60 days after the filing of a bankruptcy petition or
the commencement of any proceeding against the Company or a Subsidiary seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, the
proceeding shall not have been dismissed, or, if, within 60 days after the appointment, without the consent or acquiescence of the Company or such Subsidiary, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Company or a Subsidiary or of all or any
substantial part of the properties of the Company or a Subsidiary, the appointment shall not have been vacated; or 
  
 (j) Any judgment against a Borrower in excess of $25,000 or any attachment in excess of $25,000 against any property of a Borrower that remains
unpaid, undischarged, unbonded or undismissed for a period of 30 days, unless and to the extent that the judgment or attachment is appealed in good faith in a court of higher jurisdiction and the appeal remains pending; or 
  
 (k) If any of the following events shall occur or exist with respect
to any Borrower or any employee benefit plan, pension plan, welfare plan or other plan established, 

  

 78 

 
maintained or to which contributions have been made by any Borrower, any Affiliate of any Borrower or any other Person that, together with a Borrower, would
be treated as a single employer under § 4001 of ERISA, and that the same would have a Material Adverse Effect: (1) any prohibited transaction (as defined in § 406 of ERISA or § 4975 of the Code), (2) any reportable event (as defined
in § 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder), (3) the filing under § 4041 of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any such plan or the termination of such plan, or (4) the institution of proceedings by the PBGC under
§ 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any such plan; or 
  
 (l) The occurrence of a Material Adverse Effect, or a material adverse change in the value of the Collateral; or 
  
 (m) The dissolution, liquidation or termination of existence of a
Borrower or a material Subsidiary; or 
  
 (n) If a Borrower
fails to give the Administrative Agent or any Lender any notice required by this Agreement within ten days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the obligation to give such notice, provided that such failure to give notice shall not
constitute an Event of Default if the applicable Event of Default or breach is cured within any grace period that otherwise would have been applicable had the notice been timely given; or 
  
 (o) If a Change in Control shall occur; or 
  
 (p) If Chander K. Narang at any time owns less than 75% of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Company, free and
clear of all Liens; or 
  
 (q) If Chander K. Narang is no
longer active in the management of the Company or ceases to hold his current management position; or 
  
 (r) If any Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be debarred or suspended from any contracting with the Government; or if a notice of debarment or
notice of suspension shall have been issued to any Borrower or any Subsidiary; or if a notice of termination for default or the actual termination for default of any Material Contract, shall have been issued to or received by any Borrower or any
Subsidiary; or 
  
 (s) The Loan Documents shall for any
reason cease to create a valid and perfected first priority security interest in any of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, subject to Liens created or permitted by this Agreement or any Loan Document, or if any Loan Document ceases to
be in full force and effect; or 
  
 (t) The occurrence of a
specified event of default under any other Loan Document and the expiration of all applicable cure periods. 
  

 79 

 9.2 Remedies upon Default. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the following
provisions shall be applicable: 
  
 (a) The Administrative
Agent, at its option, may, and upon the written request of the Required Lenders, shall, terminate the Commitments (whereupon the Commitment of each Lender shall terminate immediately), terminate the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans, and the
obligations of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit, under this Agreement, and to declare all Obligations, whether incurred prior to, contemporaneous with or subsequent to the date of this Agreement, and whether represented in writing or
otherwise, immediately due and payable and may exercise all rights and remedies of the Lenders against the Borrowers and any Collateral. The Administrative Agent also, at its option, may, and upon the written request of the Required Lenders, shall,
require the Borrowers to pay (for the benefit of the Issuing Bank), and the Borrowers agree to pay, to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Issuing Bank) an amount of cash equal to the aggregate amount of the Letters of Credit then
outstanding, and any amounts paid by the Borrowers shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a cash collateral account, over which the Administrative Agent shall have the exclusive power of withdrawal, for the benefit of the Issuing Bank, as
security for the Obligations arising out of the Letters of Credit and the Letter of Credit Agreements. 
  
 (b) The Administrative Agent may foreclose its lien and security interest in the Collateral, held for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in any
way permitted by applicable law and shall have, without limitation, the remedies of a secured party under the UCC. The Administrative Agent may enter the premises of any Borrower without legal process and without incurring liability to any Borrower
and remove the Collateral to such place or places as the Administrative Agent may deem advisable, or the Administrative Agent may require the Borrowers to assemble the Collateral and make the Collateral available to the Administrative Agent at a
convenient place and, with or without having the Collateral at the time or place of sale, the Administrative Agent may, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral whether in its then
condition or after further preparation or processing, either at public or private sale or at any broker’s board, in lots or in bulk, for cash or for credit, at any time or place, in one or more sales and upon such terms and conditions as the
Administrative Agent may elect. The Administrative Agent shall give not less than ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers of the time and place of any public sale of the Collateral or the time after which the Collateral may be
sold in a private sale, which each Borrower agrees constitutes commercially reasonable notice. At any such sale the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser, subject to the applicable provisions of the UCC. 
  
 (c) The Borrowers shall, at the request of the Administrative Agent,
notify account debtors and other persons obligated on any of the Collateral of the security interest of the Administrative Agent (held for the ratable benefit of the Lenders) in any account, chattel paper, general intangible, instrument or other
Collateral and that payment thereof is to be made directly to the Administrative Agent or to any financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent as the Administrative Agent’s agent therefor, and the Administrative Agent may itself,
without notice to or demand upon such Borrower, so notify account debtors and other persons obligated on Collateral. After the making of such a request or the giving of any such notification, such Borrower shall hold any proceeds of collection of
accounts, chattel paper, 

  

 80 

 
general intangibles, instruments and other Collateral received by such Borrower as trustee for the Administrative Agent without commingling the same with
other funds of such Borrower and shall turn the same over to the Administrative Agent in the identical form received, together with any necessary endorsements or assignments. The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of collection of
accounts, chattel paper, general intangibles, instruments and other Collateral received by the Administrative Agent to the Obligations, ratably in favor of the Lenders, such proceeds to be immediately entered after final payment in cash or other
immediately available funds of the items giving rise to them. 
  
 (d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, after the occurrence of an Event of Default and the declaration of the Obligations to be immediately due and payable in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement, all amounts collected or received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender on account of the Obligations or any other amounts outstanding under any of the Loan Documents or in respect of the Collateral shall be paid over or
delivered as follows: 
  
 (1) FIRST, to the
payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) of the Administrative Agent in connection with enforcing the rights of the Lenders under the Loan Documents and any advances
made by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Collateral pursuant to Section 9.2(h); 
  
 (2) SECOND, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of each of the Lenders in connection with enforcing its
respective rights under the Loan Documents or otherwise with respect to the Obligations owing to such Lender (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) and the reasonable fees of appraisers, investment bankers or other
professionals retained by the Administrative Agent to provide services to sell, collect or otherwise dispose of the Collateral; 
  
 (3) THIRD, to the payment of accrued fees and interest on the Swingline Loans; 
  
 (4) FOURTH, to the payment of all of the other Obligations
consisting of accrued fees and interest, and including with respect to any Hedging Agreement between any Borrower and any Lender, or any Affiliate of a Lender, to the extent such Hedging Agreement is required by Section 8.1(r), any fees, premiums
and scheduled periodic payments due under such Hedging Agreement and any interest accrued thereon; 
  
 (5) FIFTH, to the payment of the outstanding principal amount of the Swingline Loans; 
  
 (6) SIXTH, to the payment of the outstanding principal
amount of the other Obligations and the payment or cash collateralization of the outstanding LC Exposure and including with respect to any Hedging Agreement between any Borrower and any Lender, or any Affiliate of a Lender, to the extent such
Hedging Agreement is required by Section 8.1(r), any breakage, termination or other payments due under such Hedging Agreement and any interest accrued thereon; 
  

 81 

 (7) SEVENTH, to all other Obligations and other obligations which shall have become due
and payable under the Loan Documents or otherwise and not repaid pursuant to clauses “FIRST” through “SIXTH” above; and 
  
 (8) EIGHTH, to the payment of the surplus, if any, to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus. 
  
 In carrying out the foregoing, (i) amounts received shall be applied in the
numerical order provided until exhausted prior to application to the next succeeding category; (ii) each of the Lenders shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share (based on the proportion that the then outstanding Aggregate Exposure and
obligations outstanding under the Hedging Agreements (if any) required by Section 8.1(r) held by such Lender (and its Affiliates in the case of Hedge Agreement obligations) bears to the aggregate then outstanding Aggregate Exposure and obligations
outstanding under the Hedging Agreements between any Borrower and any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender that are required by Section 8.1(r)) of amounts available to be applied pursuant to clauses “FOURTH” and “SIXTH” above; and
(iii) to the extent that any amounts available for distribution pursuant to clause “SIXTH” above are attributable to the issued but undrawn amount of outstanding Letters of Credit, such amounts shall be held by the Administrative Agent in
a cash collateral account and applied (A) first, to reimburse the Issuing Bank from time to time for any drawings under such Letters of Credit and (B) then, following the expiration of all Letters of Credit, to all other obligations of the types
described in clauses “SIXTH” and “SEVENTH” above in the manner provided in this Section. 
  
 (e) To the extent that the Obligations are now or hereafter secured by property other than the Collateral described herein or by the Guarantee,
endorsement or property of any other Person, the Administrative Agent, at its option, may, and upon the written request of the Required Lenders, shall, proceed against such other Guarantee, endorsement or property upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default, and the Administrative Agent shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to determine which rights, security, liens, security interests or remedies the Administrative Agent shall at any time pursue, relinquish, subordinate, modify or take
any other action with respect thereto, without in any way modifying or affecting any of them or any of the Administrative Agent’s rights hereunder. 
  
 (f) Subject to Section 2.25(f), the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized at any time or from time to time, without prior notice to the
Borrowers (any such notice being expressly waived by each Borrower), to setoff and apply any deposit (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) or investment account at any time held, including any certificate of deposit, and other
indebtedness at any time owed by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, whether or not any such deposit or indebtedness is then due, to or for the credit or account of any Borrower against any and all of the Obligations. The Administrative Agent
shall give written notice of any setoff to the Borrowers. 
  

 82 

 (g) EACH BORROWER, HAVING KNOWLEDGE THAT IT MAY BE ENTITLED TO NOTICE AND A HEARING PRIOR TO
REPOSSESSION OF THE COLLATERAL, WAIVES ANY RIGHT THAT IT MAY HAVE TO NOTICE OF FORECLOSURE, TO ANY HEARING THAT MAY BE HELD RELATING TO FORECLOSURE, AND TO ANY NOTICE THAT MAY BE REQUIRED TO BE GIVEN BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER PRIOR
TO SUCH HEARING, OTHER THAN THE NOTICES OR HEARINGS REQUIRED BY THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, THE UCC OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE LAW. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, EACH LENDER AND EACH BORROWER EXPRESSLY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT
TO ANY LITIGATION RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT. 
  
 (h) The Administrative Agent itself may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, with the obligations of a Borrower contained in this Agreement,
including, without limitation, the obligations of each Borrower to defend and insure the Collateral. The expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with such performance or compliance, together with interest thereon at the Federal
Funds Rate plus 2%, from the date such expenses are paid until the same are repaid, shall be payable by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent on demand and shall constitute Obligations. 
  
 SECTION 10. The Administrative Agent. 
  
 10.1 Appointment of Administrative Agent. 
  
 (a) Each Lender irrevocably appoints SunTrust Bank as the
Administrative Agent and authorizes it to take such actions on such Lender’s behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with all such actions and
powers that are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent may perform any of its duties hereunder by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may
perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Affiliates. The exculpatory provisions set forth in this Section shall apply to any such sub-agent and the Affiliates of the Administrative Agent and any
such sub-agent and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. 
  
 (b) The Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect
to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith until such time and except for so long as the Administrative Agent may agree at the request of the Required Lenders to act for the Issuing Bank with respect thereto;
provided, that the Issuing Bank shall have all the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Section 10 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit
issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the application and agreements for letters of credit 

  

 83 

 
pertaining to the Letters of Credit as fully as the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Section 10 included the Issuing Bank with respect
to such acts or omissions and (ii) as additionally provided in this Agreement with respect to the Issuing Bank. 
  
 10.2 Nature of Duties of Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set
forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except those discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan
Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary as otherwise provided herein), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the
Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the
Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent will promptly deliver to the Lenders copies of any financial statements and other information required by Section 5.8, default notices or other material notices
sent to the Borrowers under the terms of the Loan Documents, and will promptly provide to the Lenders copies of any material notices or other material information received from Borrowers that are not otherwise required to be provided to the Lenders,
and the Lenders agree that the Administrative Agent may provide such material notices and other material information to the Lender by posting it to a secure website to which the Lenders are given access. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable
for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary as otherwise provided herein) or in the absence of its own gross negligence
or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the defaulting Borrower or any Lender, and the
Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other
document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements, or other terms and conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity,
enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement or any Loan Document, other than to confirm
receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 10.3 Lack of Reliance on the Administrative Agent. Each of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative
Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank also 

  

 84 

 
acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information
as it has deemed appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking of any action under or based on this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. 
  
 10.4 Certain Rights of the Administrative Agent. If the
Administrative Agent shall request instructions from the Required Lenders with respect to any action or actions (including the failure to act) in connection with this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or
taking such act, unless and until it shall have received instructions from such Lenders; and the Administrative Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining. Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right
of action whatsoever against the Administrative Agent as a result of the Administrative Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders where required by the terms of this Agreement.

  
 10.5 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The
Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been
signed, sent or made by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The
Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Borrowers), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice
of such counsel, accountants or experts. 
  
 10.6
Administrative Agent’s Reimbursement and Indemnification by Lenders. The Lenders agree to reimburse and indemnify the Administrative Agent ratably in proportion to their respective Aggregate Exposure Percentages (or, if the
Commitments have been terminated, in proportion to their Aggregate Exposure Percentages immediately prior to such termination) (i) for any amounts not reimbursed by any Borrower for which the Administrative Agent is entitled to reimbursement by the
Borrowers under the Loan Documents, (ii) for any other expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders, in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration and enforcement of the Loan Documents (including,
without limitation, for any expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with any dispute between the Administrative Agent and any Lender or between or among two or more of the Lenders) and (iii) for any liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the
Loan Documents or any other document delivered in connection therewith or the transactions contemplated thereby (including, without limitation, for any such amounts incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in connection with any
dispute between the Administrative Agent and any Lender or between or among two or more of the Lenders), or the enforcement of any of the terms of the Loan Documents or of any such other documents, provided that (i) no Lender shall be
liable for any of the foregoing to the extent 

  

 85 

 
any of the foregoing is found in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the Administrative Agent and (ii) any indemnification required pursuant to Section 11.3 shall, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10.6, be paid by the relevant Lender in accordance with the provisions thereof. The
obligations of the Lenders under this Section 10.6 shall survive payment of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement. 
  
 10.7 The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity. The bank serving as the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers
under this Agreement and any other Loan Document in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise or refrain from exercising the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent; and the terms “Lenders”, “Required
Lenders”, “Required Revolving Credit Lenders”, “holders of Notes”, or any similar terms shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity. The bank acting as
the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of business with any Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of any Borrower as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

  
 10.8 Successor Administrative Agent. 

 
 (a) The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving
notice thereof to the Lenders and the Company. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent, subject to the approval by the Borrowers provided that no Default or Event of Default
shall exist at such time. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed, and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of resignation, then the retiring
Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or a bank which
maintains an office in the United States, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. 
  
 (b) Upon the acceptance of its appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor Administrative Agent shall
thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents. If within 45 days after written notice is given of the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation under this Section 10.8 no successor Administrative Agent shall have been appointed and shall have accepted such
appointment, then on such 45th day (i) the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective,
(ii) the retiring Administrative Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents and (iii) the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all duties of the retiring Administrative Agent under the Loan
Documents until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided above. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Section 10 shall 

  

 86 

 
continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent and its representatives and agents in respect of any actions taken or not taken by
any of them while it was serving as the Administrative Agent. 
  
 10.9 Authorization to Execute other Loan Documents. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to execute on behalf of all Lenders all Loan Documents other than this Agreement. 
  
 10.10 Other Agents. The Arranger shall have no obligations,
responsibilities or duties under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document other than obligations, responsibilities and duties applicable to all Lenders in their capacity as Lenders. 
  
 SECTION 11. Miscellaneous. 
  
 11.1 Notices. 
  
 (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly
permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications to any party herein to be effective shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy,
as follows: 
  

			
	To the Borrowers:	 	 NCI Information Systems, Incorporated
 11730 Plaza
America Drive
 Reston, Virginia 20190
 Attention: Judith
Bjornaas

		
	To the Administrative Agent:	 	 SunTrust Bank
 303 Peachtree Street, N. E.

Atlanta, Georgia 30308
 Attention: Libby Mansfield
 Telecopy Number: (404) 724-3879

		
	With a copy to:	 	 SunTrust Bank
 8245 Boone Boulevard
 Suite 300
 Vienna, Virginia 22182-3851
 Attention: Timothy J. Duggan
 Telecopy Number: (703)
902-9075

		
	To the Issuing Bank:	 	 SunTrust Bank
 8245 Boone Boulevard
 Suite 300
 Vienna, Virginia 22182-3851
 Attention: Timothy J. Duggan
 Telecopy Number: (703)
902-9075

  

 87 

			
	To the Swingline Lender:	 	 SunTrust Bank
 8245 Boone Boulevard
 Suite 300
 Vienna, Virginia 22182-3851
 Attention: Timothy J. Duggan
 Telecopy Number: (703)
902-9075

		
	To any other Lender:	 	the Applicable Lending Office for such Lender

  
 Any party hereto may change its
address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and other communications shall, when transmitted by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for
overnight (next-day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine, respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date deposited into the mails or if delivered, upon delivery; provided, that notices delivered to
the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender shall not be effective until actually received by such Person at its address specified in this Section 11.1. 
  
 (b) Any agreement of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders herein to receive certain notices by telephone or
facsimile is solely for the convenience and at the request of the Company. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely on the authority of any Person purporting to be a Person authorized by the Company and any other Borrower
to give such notice and the Administrative Agent and Lenders shall not have any liability to the Borrowers or other Person on account of any action taken or not taken by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in reliance upon such telephonic or
facsimile notice. The joint and several obligations of the Borrowers to repay the Loans and all other Obligations hereunder shall not be affected in any way or to any extent by any failure of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to receive
written confirmation of any telephonic or facsimile notice or the receipt by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of a confirmation which is at variance with the terms understood by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to be contained in any
such telephonic or facsimile notice. 
  
 11.2 Waiver;
Amendments. 
  
 (a) No failure or delay by the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or any other Loan Document, and no course of dealing between the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent or any Lender, shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power
hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. No waiver of
any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrowers therefrom shall in any event be effective 

  

 88 

 
unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for
the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Administrative
Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time. 
  
 (b) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, nor consent to any departure by the Borrowers therefrom,
shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Borrowers and the Required Lenders or the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders and then such waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, that no amendment or waiver shall: (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal
amount of any Loan or unreimbursed LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, or change the method of calculating any of the foregoing, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby,
(iii) postpone the date fixed for any payment of any principal of, or interest on, any Loan or unreimbursed LC Disbursement or interest thereon or any fees hereunder or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the
scheduled date for the termination or reduction of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.25(e) or 2.25(f), or any other provision hereof relating to pro rata sharing of payments among the
Lenders, in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders,”
“Required Revolving Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders which are required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without
the consent of each Lender; (vi) release any guarantor or limit the liability of any such guarantor under any guaranty agreement without the consent of each Lender; (vii) release Collateral securing any of the Obligations or agree to subordinate any
Lien in such Collateral to any other creditor of a Borrower or any Subsidiary without the consent of each Lender, other than Collateral that the Borrowers are entitled to sell or otherwise dispose of pursuant to Section 6.7 and other Collateral with
an aggregate value not to exceed $100,000 in any fiscal year of the Company; (viii) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders with respect to any Facility without the written consent of all Lenders under such Facility;
(ix) change the definition of “Borrowing Base” without the consent of each Lender, or change in any material respect any defined term set forth in the definition of “Borrowing Base;”, (x) amend, modify or waive any condition
precedent to any extension of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility set forth in this Agreement (including, without limitation, the waiver of an existing Default or Event of Default required to be waived in order for such extension of credit to
be made) without the consent of the Required Revolving Credit Facility Lenders; or (xi) consent to any assignment by any Borrower of its rights or obligations hereunder without the consent of each Lender, or; provided further, that no
such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights, duties or obligations of the Administrative Agent, 

  

 89 

 
the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank without the prior written consent of such Person. Each Lender shall reply within ten (10) Business Days after the
Administrative Agent’s written request for approval action to be taken by it or any Lenders hereunder, or such lesser time as may be reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent due to time constraints in the Loan Documents and specified
in the request for approval. In the event any Lender fails to reply to a request for approval from the Administrative Agent within fifteen (15) Business Days (or such shorter period of time as may be requested by the Administrative Agent for actions
that are reasonably required to preserve or protect the Collateral), such Lender shall be deemed to have approved any matters set forth in the request for approval. 
  
 11.3 Expenses; Indemnification. 
  
 (a) The Borrowers shall pay (i) all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and
SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc., including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent and SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc., in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the
preparation and administration of the Loan Documents and any amendments, modifications or waivers thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without
limitation, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement,
including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or any Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or
Letters of Credit. 
  
 (b) The Borrowers shall indemnify
the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Affiliate of any of the foregoing (each, an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each of them harmless from, any and all costs, losses, liabilities, claims, damages and
related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, which may be incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with or as a result of any action, suit, investigation or
proceeding relating to or in connection with (1) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the
consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby, (2) any Loan or Letter of Credit or any actual or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit
if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (3) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned by a Borrower or any
Subsidiary of any Borrower or any Environmental Liability related in any way to a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower or (4) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the 

  

 90 

 
foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided, that the
Borrowers shall not be obligated to indemnify any Indemnitee for any of the foregoing arising out of such Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final nonappealable judgment.

  
 (c) Intentionally Deleted. 
  
 (d) To the extent that the Borrowers fail to pay any amount required
to be paid to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under clauses (a), (b) or (c) hereof, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be,
such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure Percentage (determined as of the time that the unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided, that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified payment, claim, damage,
liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such. 
  
 (e) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrowers shall not assert, and hereby waive, any claim against
any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to actual or direct damages) arising out of, in connection with or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument
contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated therein, any Loan or any Letter of Credit or the use of proceeds thereof. 
  
 (f) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor. 
  
 11.4 Successors and Assigns. 
  
 (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Borrower may assign or transfer any of its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer
by a Borrower without such consent shall be null and void). 
  
 (b) Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans, the
Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure at the time owing to or held by it); provided, that (i) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, the Company and the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of an
assignment of all or a portion of a Commitment or any Lender’s obligations in respect of its LC Exposure or Swingline Exposure, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender) must give their prior written consent (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed if the assignment is to a commercial bank or financial institution), (ii) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an 

  

 91 

 
assignment of the entire amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment hereunder or an assignment while an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the amount of the Commitment of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date an assignment and acceptance agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with respect to such
assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 (unless the Company and the Administrative Agent shall otherwise consent), (iii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of
all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to any Commitment and the Loans related thereto, (iv) the assigning Lender and the assignee shall execute and deliver to the
Administrative Agent an assignment and acceptance agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with a processing and recordation fee payable by the assigning Lender or the assignee (as determined between such
Persons) in an amount equal to $3,500, and (v) such assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all information reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; provided, that any consent of the Company
otherwise required hereunder shall not be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Upon the execution and delivery of the assignment and acceptance agreement and payment by such assignee to the assigning Lender of an amount
equal to the purchase price agreed between such Persons, and the granting of the consents required herein, such assignee shall become a party to this Agreement and any other Loan Documents to which such assigning Lender is a party and, to the extent
of such interest assigned by such assignment and acceptance agreement, shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender shall be released from its obligations hereunder to a corresponding extent (and,
in the case of an assignment and acceptance agreement covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections
2.17, 2.18 and 2.19 and 11.3 with respect to any period of time during which it was a Lender hereunder). Upon the consummation of any such assignment hereunder, the assigning Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall make appropriate
arrangements to have new Notes issued if so requested by either or both the assigning Lender or the assignee. Any assignment or other transfer by a Lender that does not fully comply with the terms of this clause (b) shall be treated for purposes of
this Agreement as a sale of a participation pursuant to clause (c) below. 
  
 (c) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other financial institutions
(a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment, the Loans owing to it and its LC Exposure); provided, that (i) such
Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of its obligations hereunder, and (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent,
the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Any agreement
between such Lender and the Participant with respect to such participation shall provide that such Lender 

  

 92 

 
shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the right to approve any amendment, modification or
waiver of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, that such participation agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver of this Agreement
described in the first proviso of Section 11.2(b) that affects the Participant. Each Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.17, 2.18 and 2.19 to the same extent as if it were a Lender hereunder and had
acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b); provided, that no Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.17 or 2.19 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with
respect to the participation sold to such Participant unless the sale of such participation is made with the Company’s prior written consent. To the extent permitted by law, the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the
benefits of Section 2.20 as though it were a Lender, provided, that such Participant agrees to share with the Lenders the proceeds thereof in accordance with Section 2.20 as fully as if it were a Lender hereunder. A Participant that
would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.19 unless such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrowers, to comply with Section 2.20(e) as though it were a Lender hereunder.

  
 (d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a
security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement and its Notes (if any) to secure its obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank without complying with this Section; provided, that no such pledge or assignment shall
release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. 
  
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose
funding vehicle organized or otherwise formed under the laws of the United States or any State thereof (an “SPV”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers,
the option to provide to the Borrowers all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement; provided, that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by
any SPV to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPV elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of any Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. As between the Granting
Lender and the SPV, the Granting Lender shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce this Agreement or any other Loan Document and the right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver hereof or thereof. The making of a Loan by an
SPV hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPV shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation
under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is
one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPV, it will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPV any bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, 

  

 93 

 
insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Section 11.4,
any SPV may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to
any financial institutions (consented to by the Company and the Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPV to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential
basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPV. As this clause (e) applies to any particular SPV, this Section
may not be amended without the written consent of such SPV. 
  
 11.5 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. 
  
 (a) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the law (without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof) of the State. 
  
 (b) Each Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for
itself and its property, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court of the Eastern District of Virginia, and of any state court of the Commonwealth of Virginia and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or
proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Virginia state court or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a
final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any
right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against the Borrowers or their respective properties in the courts of any
jurisdiction. 
  
 (c) Each Borrower irrevocably and
unconditionally waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding described in paragraph (b) of this Section and brought in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section.
Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court. 
  
 (d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to the service
of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 11.1. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. 
  

 94 

 (e) The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be
deemed to have been given and undertaken by the Borrowers jointly and severally. 
  
 11.6 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY
ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER
PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS
AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. 
  
 11.7 Right of Setoff. In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such
rights, each Lender and the Issuing Bank shall have the right, subject to Section 2.25(f), at any time or from time to time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without prior notice to the Borrowers, any such notice
being expressly waived by the Borrowers to the extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply against all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) of the Borrowers at any time held or other obligations at any
time owing by such Lender or the Issuing Bank to or for the credit or the account of the Borrowers against any and all Obligations held by such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, irrespective of whether such Lender or the Issuing Bank
shall have made demand hereunder and although such Obligations may be unmatured. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank agree promptly to notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers after any such set-off and any application made by such Lender and
the Issuing Bank, as the case may be; provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. 
  
 11.8 Counterparts; Integration. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate
counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreement(s) relating to any fees payable
to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto and thereto regarding the subject matters hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, regarding such subject matters.

  

 95 

 11.9 Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the
Borrowers herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had
notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any
other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.18, 2.19, 2.20, 11.3, 11.11 and Section 9 shall
survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this
Agreement or any provision hereof. All representations and warranties made herein, in the certificates, reports, notices, and other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, and the making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit. 
  
 11.10 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the
extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability without affecting the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof or thereof; and the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of a particular provision in a
particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. 
  
 11.11 Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender agrees to take normal and reasonable precautions
to maintain the confidentiality of any information designated in writing as confidential and provided to it by the Borrowers or any Subsidiary, except that such information may be disclosed (i) to any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Bank or any such Lender, and their respective accountants, legal counsel and other professional advisors (provided that all such Persons shall have agreed in writing to keep such information confidential in accordance with the terms of this
Section), (ii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iii) to the extent requested by any regulatory agency or governmental authority having jurisdiction over the disclosing
Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or Lender, (iv) to the extent that such information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section, or which becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, any
Lender or any Affiliate, or their accountants, legal counsel or other professional advisors, of any of the foregoing on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrowers, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or
any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (vi) subject to provisions substantially similar to this Section 11.11, to any actual or prospective assignee or Participant, or (vii) with the prior
written consent of the Company. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of any 

  

 96 

 
information as provided for in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of
care to maintain the confidentiality of such information as such Person would accord its own confidential information. Notwithstanding anything herein, or in any commitment or fee letter executed in connection herewith, to the contrary, the parties
hereto (and each employee, representative or other agent of any party) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, any information with respect to “tax treatment” and “tax structure” (in each case, within
the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4) of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (the “transactions”) and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are
provided to any party hereto relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. With respect to any document or similar item that in either case contains information concerning the tax treatment or tax structure of the transactions as well as other
information, the preceding sentence shall only apply to such portions of the document or similar item that relate to the tax treatment or tax structure of the transactions. 
  
 11.12 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest
rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which may be treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively, the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate of interest (the
“Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by a Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges
payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be
cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate to
the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender. 
  
 11.13 Captions. The captions of the various sections and paragraphs of this Agreement have been inserted only for the purposes of convenience; such captions are not a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed in any
manner to modify, explain, enlarge or restrict any of the provisions of this Agreement. 
  
 11.14 Use of Defined Terms. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in certificates, reports or other documents made or delivered pursuant to this Agreement, unless
the context shall otherwise require. 
  
 11.15 Accounting
Terms. Unless otherwise defined or specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be
prepared, in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time, applied on a basis consistent (except for such changes approved by the Company’s independent public accountants) with the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of
the Company delivered pursuant to Section 5.8(b); provided, 

  

 97 

 
that if the Company notifies the Administrative Agent that the Company wishes to amend any covenant in Section 7 to eliminate the effect of any change in
GAAP on the operation of such covenant (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Company that the Required Lenders wish to amend Section 7 for such purpose), then the Company’s compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis
of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Company, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.

  
 [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] 
  

 98 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed by their respective duly
authorized representatives all as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	BORROWERS:
	
	COMPANY:
	
	 NCI INFORMATION SYSTEMS,
 INCORPORATED, a Virginia corporation

	Organizational Identification Number: 03500824
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Charles K. Narang

	 Name:
	 	Charles K. Narang
	 Title:
	 	Chairman, CEO
	
	 SCIENTIFIC AND ENGINEERING
 SOLUTIONS, INC., a Maryland corporation

	 Organizational Identification Number: D04435541

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Charles K. Narang

	 Name:
	 	Charles K. Narang
	 Title:
	 	Chairman, CEO

  
 [SIGNATURES
CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE] 

			
	 ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

	
	 SUNTRUST BANK, a Georgia banking corporation

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Timothy J. Duggan

	 	 	Timothy J. Duggan
	 	 	Senior Vice President

  
 [SIGNATURES
CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE] 
  

 100 

			
	 LENDERS:

	
	 SUNTRUST BANK, a Georgia banking corporation

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Timothy J. Duggan

	 	 	Timothy J. Duggan
	 	 	Senior Vice President

  
 Revolving Commitment:
    $30,000,000 
 Term Loan Commitment:    $14,000,000 
  
 Applicable Lending Office: 
  
 SunTrust Bank 
 8245 Boone Boulevard 
 Suite 300 
 Vienna, Virginia 22182-3851 
 Attention: Timothy J. Duggan 
 Telecopy Number: (703) 902-9075 

 EXHIBIT A 
  
 BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE 

 EXHIBIT B 
  
 COVENANT COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

 EXHIBIT C 
  
 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT 

 SCHEDULE 1 
  
 EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT 
  
 None. 

 SCHEDULE 3.2 
  
 INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS 
  

			
	11730 Plaza America Drive	 	500 Interstate Park Drive
	Reston, VA 20190	 	Suite 509
	 	 	Montgomery, AL 36109
		
	Corporate Centre II	 	17006 Dahlgren Road
	16 Executive Drive, Suite 300	 	King George, VA 22482
	Fairview Heights, IL 62208	 	 
		
	74 Washington Ave. North	 	29900 Lorraine
	Building 2A-3	 	Suite 2
	Battle Creek, MI 49017	 	Warren, MI 48093
		
	109 Gaither Drive	 	Building 1504
	Mt. Laurel, NJ 08054	 	Room 100 Main Post
	 	 	WSMR, NM 88002
		
	3150 Presidential Drive	 	175 Oak Ridge Turnpike
	Building 4	 	Oak Ridge, TN 37830
	Fairborn, OH 45324	 	 
		
	3850 Presidential Drive	 	10010 Junction Drive
	Suite 250	 	Suite 202
	Fairborn, OH 45324	 	Annapolis Junction, MD 20701
		
	10010 Junction Drive	 	1857 Paseo San Luis
	Suite 115-S	 	Suite 2
	Annapolis Junction, MD 20701	 	Sierra Vista, AZ 85635
		
	621 Shrewsbury Avenue	 	811 Park Drive
	Suite 221	 	Suite 811
	Shrewsbury, NJ 07702	 	Warner Robins, GA 31099
		
	1150 Academy Park Loop	 	 
	Suite 106	 	 
	Colorado Springs, CO 80903	 	 

 SCHEDULE 4.7 
  
 MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS 
  
 Bechtel Jacobs Company LLC Workforce Transition Benefit Accounting Services 
  
 BJC Management and Integration 401(k) Plan 
  
 Wackenhut Services, Inc. Multi-Employer Welfare Agreement (WSI-MEWA) 
  
 Wackenhut Services, Inc. Pension Plan for Employees at Oak Ridge, TN 
  
 Wackenhut Services, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan for Employees at Oak Ridge, TN 

 SCHEDULE 4.13 
  
 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 
  
 Copyright 
  
 Copyright for Spectrum System Services, Inc. 
  
 TX 4-295-117 
 TX 4-295-119 
 TX 4-303-555 

TX 4-303-553 
 TX 4-295-118 
 All Dated May 17, 1996 
  
 Trademark 
  
 U.S. registered trademark
No. 2,553,487 for the service mark “SES SCIENTIFIC & ENGINEERING SOLUTIONS, INC.” 
  
 Service Mark 
  
 Service Mark for the name
NCI Information Systems, Inc. Registration No. 2,432,466 dated March 6, 2001 
  
 Third-Party Intellectual Property 
  
 None. 

 SCHEDULE 4.16 
  
 COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENTS 
  
 International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, District Lodge # 74.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00088-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00088-of-00352.parquet"}]]